Page Range | 12747-12914 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
80 FR 12747 - Blocking Property and Suspending Entry of Certain Persons Contributing to the Situation in Venezuela | |
80 FR 12821 - Sunshine Act Notice | |
80 FR 12843 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
80 FR 12821 - Sunshine Act Notice: Cancellation of Meeting Notice | |
80 FR 12800 - Commodity Matchbooks From India: Final Results of Expedited Sunset Review of the Countervailing Duty Order | |
80 FR 12801 - Commodity Matchbooks From India: Final Results of the Expedited First Sunset Review of the Antidumping Duty Order | |
80 FR 12805 - Stainless Steel Bar From Brazil: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2013-2014 | |
80 FR 12803 - Large Residential Washers From the Republic of Korea: Preliminary Results of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2012-2013 | |
80 FR 12798 - Stainless Steel Bar From Spain: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2013-2014 | |
80 FR 12804 - Final Results of Expedited Sunset Review of Countervailing Duty Order: Prestressed Concrete Steel Wire Strand From India | |
80 FR 12802 - Authorization of Export Production Activity, Foreign-Trade Zone 21, Crescent Dairy and Beverages (Milk-Based Infant Formula and Fluid Milk Beverages), Walterboro, South Carolina | |
80 FR 12797 - Diamond Sawblades and Parts Thereof From the People's Republic of China: Final Results of the Expedited Sunset Review of the Antidumping Duty Order | |
80 FR 12829 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Vessel Entrance or Clearance Statement | |
80 FR 12831 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Guarantee of Payment | |
80 FR 12829 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Free Trade Agreements | |
80 FR 12830 - Agency Information Collection Activities Entry and Manifest of Merchandise Free of Duty, Carrier's Certificate and Release | |
80 FR 12821 - Statement of Organization, Functions, and Delegations of Authority | |
80 FR 12784 - Requirements for MODUs and Other Vessels Conducting Outer Continental Shelf Activities With Dynamic Positioning Systems | |
80 FR 12794 - Petition To Add n-Propyl Bromide to the List of Hazardous Air Pollutants; Extension of Comment Period | |
80 FR 12817 - McKittrick Limited; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 12814 - Chalk Cliff Limited; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 12814 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
80 FR 12817 - Technical Conference on Environmental Regulations and Electric Reliability, Wholesale Electricity Markets, and Energy Infrastructure; Supplemental Notice of Technical Conference | |
80 FR 12813 - Live Oak Limited; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 12816 - Bear Mountain Limited; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
80 FR 12808 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Consolidated State Performance Report (Part I and Part II) | |
80 FR 12781 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Reallocation of Pollock in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands | |
80 FR 12808 - Deadline Dates for Reports and Other Records Associated With the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA®), the Federal Pell Grant Program, the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program, the Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education Grant Program, and the Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant Program for the 2015-2016 Award Year | |
80 FR 12806 - Endangered and Threatened Species; Take of Anadromous Fish | |
80 FR 12819 - Proposed Rate Adjustment for Kerr-Philpott System | |
80 FR 12814 - DOE/NSF High Energy Physics Advisory Panel | |
80 FR 12816 - National Coal Council Meeting | |
80 FR 12820 - Hydrogen and Fuel Cell Technical Advisory Committee (HTAC); Meeting | |
80 FR 12818 - Commission to Review the Effectiveness of the National Energy Laboratories | |
80 FR 12823 - Arthritis Advisory Committee: Notice of Postponement of Meeting | |
80 FR 12795 - National Wildlife Services Advisory Committee; Meeting | |
80 FR 12795 - Inviting Applications for the Rural Economic Development Loan and Grant Programs for Fiscal Year 2015 | |
80 FR 12843 - Advisory Board; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 12822 - Formal Meetings Between the Food and Drug Administration and Sponsors or Applicants of Prescription Drug User Fee Act Products; Draft Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
80 FR 12823 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 12761 - Additional Requirements for Charitable Hospitals; Community Health Needs Assessments for Charitable Hospitals; Requirements of a Section 4959 Excise Tax Return and Time for Filing the Return; Correction | |
80 FR 12760 - Application for Recognition as a 501(c)(29) Organization; Correction | |
80 FR 12807 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; an Examination of Trends in Algebra II Enrollment and Completion in Texas Public High Schools | |
80 FR 12832 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Listing and Trading of the Shares of the WisdomTree Western Unconstrained Bond Fund of the WisdomTree Trust | |
80 FR 12845 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Designation of Critical Habitat for Black Pinesnake | |
80 FR 12758 - Display of OMB Control Numbers | |
80 FR 12824 - Applications for New Awards; National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research-Advanced Rehabilitation Research Training Program | |
80 FR 12802 - Allocation of Duty-Exemptions for Calendar Year 2015 for Watch Producers Located in the United States Virgin Islands | |
80 FR 12753 - Federal Home Loan Bank Capital Stock and Capital Plans | |
80 FR 12785 - Ocean Dumping: Expansion of an Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site Offshore of Jacksonville, Florida | |
80 FR 12762 - Pipeline Safety: Miscellaneous Changes to Pipeline Safety Regulations | |
80 FR 12875 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Residential Furnaces and Boilers |
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Southeastern Power Administration
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Children and Families Administration
Community Living Administration
Food and Drug Administration
Coast Guard
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Federal Housing Finance Board, Federal Housing Finance Agency.
Final rule.
On October 8, 2014, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) published a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
This final rule will become effective on April 10, 2015.
Julie Paller, Senior Financial Analyst,
Effective July 30, 2008, the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (HERA)
The twelve Banks are instrumentalities of the United States organized under the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (Bank Act).
In 1999, the GLB Act
As part of the process for converting the “old” capital stock to the new GLB Act Class A and Class B stock, the GLB Act required each Bank to adopt and maintain a capital plan that established the rights, terms and preferences of each class or subclass of capital stock that it would issue.
Under the Finance Board regulations, each Bank had discretion as to when it would convert to the new capital structure. The Finance Board regulations also addressed in detail the process for the one-time conversion to the new capital structure, including requirements for disclosure to be given to members prior to the conversion. Since the Finance Board originally adopted these regulations in 2001, all Banks have converted to the GLB Act capital structure. The original Finance Board regulations were never amended, however, to remove provisions that applied only to the initial conversion process.
When promulgating regulations relating to the Banks, section 1313(f) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (Safety and Soundness Act) requires the Director of FHFA (Director) to consider the differences between the Banks and the Enterprises with respect to the Banks' cooperative ownership structure; mission of providing liquidity to members; affordable housing and community development mission; capital structure; and joint and several liability.
The changes to the Bank capital stock and capital plan regulations proposed by FHFA in October 2014 were clarifying and conforming in nature and applied exclusively to the Banks. The proposed amendments did not alter the substance of the existing Finance Board regulations. Accordingly, the proposed rule did not trigger this statutory requirement. Nonetheless, FHFA, in preparing the proposed rule, considered the differences between the Banks and the Enterprises as they related to the above factors and specifically requested comments from the public about whether these differences should have resulted in any revisions to the proposed rule. FHFA received no comments in response to this request.
FHFA published a proposed rule on Bank capital stock and capital plans in the
Among other changes, FHFA proposed to replace definitions for “regulatory risk-based capital requirement” and “regulatory total capital requirement” with a new single definition for “regulatory capital requirements.” It also proposed to define the term “former member” and to add relevant references to “former member” in the regulatory text to clarify that under the Bank Act and existing regulations, such institutions could be required to hold Bank stock in certain situations after termination of their Bank membership.
With regard to existing capital stock provisions, FHFA proposed to transfer current 12 CFR part 931 to new subpart C of part 1277. Most of these provisions were to be transferred without change, beyond necessary conforming changes. FHFA, however, proposed to delete current § 931.9 which addresses various transition requirements related to the Banks' conversion to the GLB Act capital structure. Given that all Banks have successfully completed this process, § 931.9 has no future applicability.
FHFA also proposed to add clarifying language to § 1277.24 that any provision in a Bank's capital plan related to stockholder rights in a liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank cannot limit FHFA's authority under the Bank Act or the Safety and Soundness Act to issue a regulation or order or to take any other action that may affect or otherwise alter the rights or privileges of stock holders in these situations. FHFA noted that it believed that the proposed change was consistent with existing provisions in each Bank's approved capital plan.
FHFA proposed to relocate relevant provisions in current part 933 to subpart D of new part 1277. As part of this process, it proposed to remove those provisions that related only to the Banks' initial conversion to the GLB Act capital structure, given that the provisions had no continuing applicability.
FHFA also proposed not to reissue duplicative provisions related to the calculation and application of a member's, or former member's, minimum investment requirements, and instead, incorporated into proposed § 1277.28(a) the requirements governing the calculation and maintenance of the minimum investment set forth in proposed § 1277.22 by reference. FHFA noted that this change was not intended to alter the current capital plan requirements in any substantive manner.
FHFA also proposed to add to subpart D of new § 1277.29 to address the process for amending a Bank's approved capital plan. The Finance Board rules did not specifically address the process for submitting capital plan amendments for approval, although the Bank Act allows Banks to amend their capital plans with FHFA approval.
Finally, as discussed more fully in the
FHFA received one comment on the proposed rule, but the comment did not address issues relevant to this rulemaking.
The information collection, entitled “Capital Requirements for the Federal Home Loan Banks,” contained in the 12 CFR parts 931 and 933 of the regulations that are being relocated to 12 CFR part 1277 by this final rule, has been assigned control number 2590-0002 by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The final rule does not substantively or materially modify the current, approved information collection. OMB has approved the relocation of this information collection to part 1277 as a non-substantive change under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501,
The final rule applies only to the Banks, which do not come within the meaning of small entities as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA).
Capital, Credit, Federal home loan banks, Investments, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Capital, Credit, Federal home loan banks, Investments, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, for reasons stated in the
12 U.S.C. 1426, 1436(a), 1440, 1443, 1446, 4511, 4513, 4514, 4526, 4612.
As used in this part:
The authorized capital stock of a Bank shall consist of the following instruments:
(a) Class A stock, which shall:
(1) Have a par value as determined by the board of directors of the Bank and stated in the Bank's capital plan;
(2) Be issued, redeemed, and repurchased only at its stated par value; and
(3) Be redeemable in cash only on six-months written notice to the Bank.
(b) Class B stock, which shall:
(1) Have a par value as determined by the board of directors of the Bank and stated in the Bank's capital plan;
(2) Be issued, redeemed, and repurchased only at its stated par value;
(3) Be redeemable in cash only on five-years written notice to the Bank; and
(4) Confer an ownership interest in the retained earnings, surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves of the Bank.
(c) Any one or more subclasses of Class A or Class B stock, each of which may have different rights, terms, conditions, or preferences as may be authorized in the Bank's capital plan, provided, however, that each subclass of stock shall have all of the characteristics of its respective class, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
A Bank may issue either one or both classes of its capital stock (including subclasses), as authorized by § 1277.20, and shall not issue any other class of capital stock. A Bank shall issue its stock only to its members, or to former members to the extent those institutions are required to maintain a minimum stock investment for existing activities under the capital plan, and only in book-entry form. The Bank shall act as its own transfer agent. All capital stock shall be issued in accordance with the Bank's capital plan.
(a) A Bank shall require each member to maintain a minimum investment in the capital stock of the Bank, both as a condition to becoming and remaining a member of the Bank and as a condition to transacting business with the Bank or obtaining advances and other services from the Bank. The amount of the required minimum investment shall be determined in accordance with the Bank's capital plan and shall be sufficient to ensure that the Bank remains in compliance with its regulatory capital requirements. A Bank shall require each member to maintain its minimum investment for as long as the institution remains a member of the Bank and shall require each member and former member to maintain its minimum investment for as long as the institution engages in any activity with the Bank for which the capital plan requires the institution to maintain capital stock.
(b) A Bank may establish the minimum investment as a percentage of the total assets of an institution, as a percentage of the advances outstanding to that institution, as a percentage of any other business activity conducted with the institution, on any other basis that is approved by the Director, or any combination thereof.
(c) A Bank may require that the minimum investment requirement be satisfied through the purchase of either Class A or Class B stock, or through the purchase of one or more combinations of Class A and Class B stock that have been authorized by the board of directors of the Bank in its capital plan. A Bank, in its discretion, may establish a lower minimum investment to the extent the requirement is met through investment in Class B stock than if the requirement is met through investment in Class A stock, provided that such reduced investment provides sufficient capital for the Bank to remain in compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.
(d) Each member, or if applicable, former member, of a Bank shall at all times maintain an investment in the capital stock of the Bank in an amount that is sufficient to satisfy the minimum investment required under the Bank's capital plan.
(a)
(b)
The respective rights of the Class A and Class B stockholders, in the event that the Bank is liquidated, merged, or otherwise consolidated with another Bank, shall be determined in accordance with the capital plan of the Bank, provided, however, that nothing in the capital plan shall be construed to limit any rights or authority granted FHFA under the Bank Act or the Safety and Soundness Act to issue any regulation or order or to take any other action that may affect or otherwise alter the rights or privileges of stock holders in a liquidation, merger, or consolidation of a Bank.
A Bank in its capital plan may allow a member or former member to transfer any excess stock to a member of that Bank or to an institution that has been approved for membership in that Bank and that has satisfied all conditions for becoming a member, other than the purchase of the minimum amount of Bank stock that it is required to hold as a condition of membership. Any such stock transfers shall be at par value and shall be effective upon being recorded on the appropriate books and records of the Bank. The Bank may, in its capital plan, require that the transfer be approved by the Bank before such transfer can occur.
(a)
(2) A member may cancel a notice of redemption by so informing the Bank in writing, and the Bank may impose a fee (to be specified in its capital plan) with respect to any cancellation of a pending notice of redemption. A request by a member (whose membership has not been terminated) to redeem specific shares of stock shall automatically be cancelled if the Bank is prevented from redeeming the member's stock by paragraph (c) of this section within five business days from the end of the expiration of the applicable redemption notice period because the member would fail to maintain its minimum investment in the stock of the Bank after such redemption. The automatic cancellation of a member's redemption request shall have the same effect as if the member had cancelled its notice to redeem stock prior to the end of the redemption notice period, and a Bank may impose a fee (to be specified in its capital plan) for automatic cancellation of a redemption request.
(3) A Bank shall not be obligated to redeem its capital stock other than in accordance with this paragraph.
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
Each Bank shall have in place a capital plan approved by the Bank's board of directors and the Director. The capital plan shall include, at a minimum, provisions addressing the following matters:
(a)
(2) The capital plan shall specify the amount and class (or classes) of Bank stock that an institution is required to own in order to become and remain a member of the Bank, and to obtain advances from, or to engage in other business transactions with, the Bank. If a Bank requires that the minimum investment be satisfied through the purchase of one or more combinations of Class A and Class B stock, the authorized combinations of stock shall be specified in the capital plan, which shall afford the option of satisfying the minimum investment through the purchase of any such combination of stock.
(3) The capital plan shall require the board of directors of the Bank to monitor and, as necessary, to adjust, the minimum investment to ensure that outstanding stock remains sufficient for the Bank to comply with its regulatory capital requirements. The plan shall require each member or, where required by the plan, former member, to comply promptly with any adjusted minimum investment established by the board of directors of the Bank, but may allow a reasonable time to do so and may allow a reduction in outstanding business with the Bank as an alternative to purchasing additional stock.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) Shall provide that the Bank may not issue stock other than in accordance with § 1277.21;
(2) Shall provide that the stock of the Bank may be issued only to and held only by the members of that Bank, and by former members to the extent necessary to meet requirements set forth in a capital plan;
(3) Shall specify whether the stock of the Bank may be transferred, as allowed under § 1277.25, and, if such transfer is allowed, shall specify the procedures to effect such transfer, and provide that the transfer shall be undertaken only in accordance with § 1277.25;
(4) Shall specify that the stock of the Bank may be traded only among the Bank and its members, and former members;
(5) May provide for a minimum investment based on investment in Class B stock that is lower than a minimum investment based on investment in Class A stock, provided that the level of investment is sufficient for the Bank to comply with its regulatory capital requirements;
(6) Shall specify the fee, if any, to be imposed upon cancellation of a request to redeem Bank stock or upon cancellation of a request to withdraw from membership; and
(7) Shall specify the period of notice that the Bank will provide before the Bank, on its own initiative, determines to repurchase any excess Bank stock.
(e)
(a)
(b)
(1) The name of the Bank making the request and the name, title, and contact information of the official filing the request;
(2) The name, title and contact information of the staff member(s) whom FHFA may contact for additional information;
(3) A certification by an executive officer of the Bank with knowledge of the facts that the representations made in the request are accurate and complete. The following form of certification may be used: “I hereby certify that the statements contained in the submission are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. [Name and Title]”;
(4) A written, narrative description of the proposed amendments to the Bank's capital plan and a discussion of the Bank's reasons for the proposed changes;
(5) The amended capital plan as approved by the Bank's board of directors;
(6) A version of the Bank's capital plan showing all proposed changes to its previously approved capital plan;
(7) Resolutions of the Bank's board of directors:
(i) Approving the proposed capital plan amendments; and
(ii) Authorizing the filing of the application for approval of the amendments and concurring in substance with the supporting documentation provided;
(8) An opinion of counsel demonstrating that the proposed amendments comply with the Bank Act, FHFA regulations and any other applicable law or regulation. If the amendments would be identical in substance to provisions approved for other Banks' capital plans, a Bank's legal analysis may reference the other capital plans that contain the provisions in question;
(9) An analysis of the effect of the proposed amendments, if any, on the Bank's capital levels and the Bank's ability to meet its regulatory capital requirements;
(10)
(11) A discussion of and an explanation for changes to the Bank's strategic plan, if any, which may be related to the capital plan amendments.
(c)
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, DOE.
Final rule.
The Commission is revising and updating its regulations related to the display of Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Final Rule updates the existing table and revises the regulations to explain that an updated table displaying OMB control numbers is available on
This rule will become effective March 11, 2015.
Ellen Brown (Technical Information), Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-8663,
Christopher MacFarlane (Legal Information), Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-6761,
1. The Commission is revising and updating Part 389 of its regulations related to the display of Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control numbers,
2. Part 389 aids in fulfilling the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act
3. OMB's regulations require that it approve certain information collection requirements imposed by agency rule.
4. The Commission is required to prepare an Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement for any action that may have a significant adverse effect on the quality of the human environment.
5. The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA)
6. In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the
7. From the Commission's Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits of this document in the docket number field.
8. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's Web site during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at (202) 502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at
9. These regulations are effective March 11, 2015. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d), this is not a substantive rule and thus may become effective less than 30 days from publication.
10. The Commission is issuing this rule as a Final Rule without a period for public comment. Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b), notice and comment procedures are unnecessary where a rulemaking concerns only agency procedure and practice, or where the agency finds that notice and comment are unnecessary. The Commission finds that notice and comment are unnecessary because the affected regulations are administrative in nature and will not substantially affect the rights of non-agency parties. Moreover, no new burden or regulatory requirement is imposed on regulated entities or the general public.
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
By the Commission.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Commission amends part 389, Chapter I, Title 18,
44 U.S.C. 3501-3520.
(a)
(b)
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Final regulations; correction.
This document contains corrections to final regulations (TD 9709) that were published in the
This correction is effective on March 11, 2015 and applicable beginning January 29, 2015.
Martin Schaffer at (202) 317-5800 (not a toll free number).
The final regulations (TD 9709) that are the subject of this correction is under section 501(c)(29) of the Internal Revenue Code.
As published, the final regulations (TD 9709) contain errors that may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.
Accordingly, the final regulations (TD 9709), that are the subject of FR Doc. 2015-01677, are corrected as follows:
1. On page 4792, third column, the tenth line of the second full paragraph,
2. On page 4793, first column, under the paragraph heading “Drafting Information” the third line, the language “Office of Division Counsel/Associate” is corrected to read “Office of Associate”.
3. On page 4793, second column, the fourth line of the signature block, the language “Approved: January 22, 2015.” is corrected to read “Approved: January 23, 2015.”.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Final regulations; correction.
This document contains corrections to final regulations (TD 9708) that were published in the
This correction is effective on March 11, 2015 and applicable beginning December 31, 2014.
Amy F. Giuliano, Amber L. MacKenzie, or Stephanie N. Robbins at (202) 317-5800 (not a toll free number).
The final regulations (TD 9708) that are the subject of this correction is under section 501(r)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
As published, the final regulations (TD 9708) contains errors that may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.
Accordingly, the final regulations (TD 9708), that are the subject of FR Doc. 2014-30525, are corrected as follows:
1. On page 78961, first column, the eleventh line of the first full paragraph, the language “only very serious failures, taking into” is corrected to read “only a very serious failure, taking into”.
2. On page 78975, third column, the last line of the column, the language “members of the hospital's community” is corrected to read “members of the hospital facility's community”.
3. On page 78979, third column, the eighth line from the bottom the first full paragraph, the language “co-payments, co-insurance, or” is corrected to read “co-payments, co-insurance, and”.
4. On page 78980, the third column, the seventh line from the top of the page, the language “form of co-payments, co-insurance, or” is corrected to read “co-payments, co-insurance, and”.
5. On page 78981, the second column, the twenty-third line from the top of the page, the language “payments, co-insurance, or deductibles),” is corrected to read “payments, co-insurance, and deductibles),”.
6. On page 78982, the first column, the thirteenth line from the top of the page, the language “obtain such percentages, a hospital” is corrected to read “obtain such percentage(s), a hospital”.
7. On page 78983, the first column, the thirteenth line from the top of the page, the language “required under section 501(r)(6)).” is corrected to read “required by the regulations under section 501(r)(6)).”.
8. On page 78983, the first column, the twelfth line from the bottom of the first full paragraph, the language “facility must refund any amounts the” is corrected to read “facility must refund any amount the”.
9. On page 78997, the first column, the heading “Adoption of Amendment to the Regulation” is corrected to read “Adoption of Amendments to the Regulation”.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Correcting amendment.
This document contains corrections to final regulations (TD 9708) that were published in the
This correction is effective on March 11, 2015 and applicable beginning December 31, 2014.
Amy F. Giuliano, Amber L. MacKenzie, or Stephanie N. Robbins at (202) 317-5800 (not a toll free number).
The final regulations (TD 9708) that are the subject of this correction is under section 501(r)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
As published, the final regulations (TD 9708) contains errors that may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Excise taxes, Foundations, Investments, Lobbying, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 53 are corrected by making the following correcting amendments:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
(b) * * *
(23)
(29) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) Without paying a fee to the hospitality facility, hospital organization, or other entity maintaining the Web site; and
(c) * * * For purposes of this paragraph (c), a “willful” failure includes a failure due to gross negligence, reckless disregard, or willful neglect, and an “egregious” failure includes only a very serious failure, taking into account the severity of the impact and the number of affected persons. * * *
(c) * * *
(2)
The revisions read as follows:
(c) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Provides the individual with a written notice that indicates financial assistance is available for eligible individuals, that identifies the ECA(s) that the hospitality facility (or other authorized party) intends to initiate to obtain payment for the care, and that states a deadline after which such ECA(s) may be initiated that is no earlier than 30 days after the date that the written notice is provided.
(iii) * * *
(A) Otherwise meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section but, instead of the notice described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section, provides the individual with a FAP application form and a written notice indicating that financial assistance is available for eligible individuals and stating the deadline, if any, after which the hospital facility will no longer accept and process a FAP application submitted (or, if applicable, completed) by the individual for the previously provided care at issue. * * *
(iv) * * *
* * * Y also makes numerous attempts to encourage G to apply for financial assistance, including by calling G to inform her about the financial assistance available to eligible patients under Y's FAP and to offer assistance with the FAP application process. * * *
(6) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) * * *
(
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
(c)
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
PHMSA is amending the pipeline safety regulations to make miscellaneous changes that update and clarify certain regulatory requirements. These amendments address several subject matter areas including the performance of post-construction inspections, leak surveys of Type B onshore gas gathering lines, qualifying plastic pipe joiners, regulation of ethanol, transportation of pipe, filing of offshore pipeline condition reports, and calculation of pressure reductions for hazardous liquid pipeline anomalies.
The changes are addressed on an individual basis and, where appropriate, made applicable to the safety standards
The effective date of these amendments is October 1, 2015. Immediate compliance with these amendments is authorized. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of March 6, 2015.
Kay McIver, Transportation Specialist, by telephone at 202-366-0113, or by electronic mail at
On November 29, 2011, PHMSA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) under the docket, PHMSA-2010-0026, (76 FR 73570), notifying the public of the proposed changes to 49 CFR parts 191, 192, and 195. We allowed an initial 90-day comment period, but based on requests from several pipeline trade associations, the comment period was extended from February 3, 2012, to March 6, 2012, (77 FR 5472). Most of the amendments proposed in the NPRM were intended to provide relief to industry by eliminating, revising, clarifying, or relaxing regulatory requirements.
On July 11 and 12, 2012, the Technical Pipeline Safety Standards Committee (commonly referred to as the Gas Pipeline Advisory Committee (GPAC)) and the Technical Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Standards Committee (commonly referred to as the Liquid Pipeline Advisory Committee (LPAC)), met jointly at the Marriott Hotel at Metro Center in Washington, DC. The Pipeline Advisory Committees (PACs) are statutorily mandated advisory committees that advise PHMSA on proposed safety standards, risk assessments and safety policies for natural gas pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines. The PACs were established under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C. App. 1-16) and the Federal Pipeline Safety Statutes (49 U.S.C. Chap. 601). Each committee consists of 15 members, with membership divided among the Federal and state agencies, the regulated industry and the public. The PACs advise PHMSA on the technical feasibility, practicability and cost-effectiveness of each proposed pipeline safety standard. During the meeting, the PACs considered the NPRM and discussed the various comments and edits proposed by the pipeline industry and the public regarding changes to the regulations.
The PACs recommended PHMSA adopt the following proposals with minor or no changes to the regulatory text:
• Leak Surveys for Type B Gathering Lines;
• Qualifying Plastic Pipe Joiners;
• Regulating the Transportation of Ethanol by Pipeline;
• Transportation of Pipe;
• Threading Copper Pipe;
• Offshore Pipeline Condition Reports;
• Alternative Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure (MAOP) Notifications;
• National Pipeline Mapping System;
• Welders vs. Welding Operators;
• Components Fabricated by Welding; and
• Editorial Amendments.
The PACs recommended PHMSA adopt the following proposals with changes to the regulatory text:
• Responsibility to Conduct Construction Inspections;
• Mill Hydrostatic Tests for Pipe to Operate at Alternative MAOP;
• Calculating Pressure Reductions for Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Integrity Anomalies; and
• Testing Components other than Pipe Installed in Low-Pressure Gas Pipelines.
The PACs recommended that PHMSA not adopt the proposed changes to:
• Limitation of Indirect Costs in State Grants; and
• Odorization of gas.
This Final Rule adopts the recommendations of the PACs. Additional discussion of the amendments and associated comments of the PACs are provided below:
1. Responsibility to Conduct Construction Inspections.
2. Leak Surveys for Type B Gathering Lines.
3. Qualifying Plastic Pipe Joiners.
4. Mill Hydrostatic Tests for Pipe to Operate at Alternative MAOP.
5. Regulating the Transportation of Ethanol by Pipeline.
6. Limitation of Indirect Costs in State Grants.
7. Transportation of Pipe.
8. Threading Copper Pipe.
9. Offshore Pipeline Condition Reports.
10. Calculating Pressure Reductions for Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Integrity Anomalies.
11. Testing Components other than Pipe Installed in Low-Pressure Gas Pipelines.
12. Alternative MAOP Notifications.
13. National Pipeline Mapping System.
14. Welders vs. Welding Operators.
15. Components Fabricated by Welding.
16. Odorization of Gas.
17. Editorial Amendments.
PHMSA received a total of 42 comments on the NPRM, to include:
• 15 from pipeline trade associations.
• 17 from pipeline operators.
• 3 from pipeline manufacturers.
• 3 from states and municipalities.
• 1 from a Federal source (the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB)).
• 3 from private organizations/citizens.
In this section, PHMSA discusses the changes proposed in the NPRM and the comments received in response to the NPRM. Based on an assessment of the proposed changes and the comments received, PHMSA identifies the proposals that are adopted in this Final Rule.
PHMSA agreed with NAPSR but recognized that the same concerns should apply to non-contractor pipeline personnel and to hazardous liquid lines. Accordingly, PHMSA proposed to revise §§ 192.305 and 195.204 to specify that a transmission pipeline main, or pipeline
• The proposed rule will result in significant cost impact to operators;
• The proposal is overly burdensome economically and has the potential to compromise site safety due to additional personnel, congestion, inattention, carelessness and unnecessary overhead expenses;
• The proposed amendment is clearly a significant regulatory action and is inappropriately included in a non-significant rulemaking and should be considered in a separate rulemaking;
• The proposed language does not differentiate between an operator's employee and a contractor's employee;
• PHMSA should clarify the meaning of “person participating in the construction” of a pipeline;
• Inspection and new construction should be an Operator Qualification (OQ) task;
• Prohibiting any “person” involved in the construction of a pipeline could be interpreted to prohibit any other municipal employee from performing inspection; and
• PHMSA should re-define “a person who participated” in the construction of the pipeline.
NAPSR commented that their resolution was intended to preclude operators from allowing contractor personnel to self-inspect their own work and was based on its members' experience with poor quality of construction by unsupervised contractors.
Members of the Association of Oil Pipelines (AOPL) said they do not agree with the statement that “the proposed rule does not impose any compliance, recordkeeping or other reporting requirement.” AOPL said the proposed change to § 192.305 will result in significant cost to the operators. In addition, AOPL asserted that the proposal is overly burdensome economically and has the potential to compromise site safety due to additional personnel, congestion, inattention, carelessness and unnecessary overhead expense.
The American Gas Association (AGA) noted that PHMSA has failed to provide an analysis to support the significant expansion of the construction inspection revision to all entities and personnel encompassed in the § 192.3 definition of “person.” Another commenter noted that PHMSA did not provide a basis for its conclusion on construction inspection and PHMSA's proposed rule does not address the same concerns as NAPSR. The Interstate Natural Gas Association of America (INGAA) noted that instead of adopting the proposed amendment, which increases regulatory confusion and adds to the issues already surrounding construction, PHMSA should convene a public hearing or workshop to develop the fundamental regulatory changes needed to align PHMSA's policy objectives with common pipeline configurations.
The PACs did not agree with the proposed language. There was considerable discussion on the use of alternative language proposed by INGAA and the original language from the NAPSR petition.
Following the discussion, the PACs agreed on the revised language for gas and hazardous liquid pipelines. After reviewing the PACs' recommendations and evaluating public comments, PHMSA has adopted language that more clearly identifies the types of individuals who should be excluded from the required inspections, (
In regard to the comments that dealt with costs and the significance of the rule, PHMSA believes that the commenters overstated the impact of the proposal.
Operators of Type B gathering lines currently must ensure that any new or substantially changed Type B line complies with the design, installation, construction, and initial testing and inspection requirements for transmission lines and, if of metallic construction, comply with the corrosion control requirements for transmission lines. Operators must also include Type B gathering lines in their damage prevention and public education programs, establish the MAOP of those lines under § 192.619, and comply with the requirements for maintaining and installing line markers that apply to transmission lines.
• PHMSA share any supporting information provided by NAPSR to show that leaks are the primary hazard for Type B gathering pipelines;
• Section 21 of the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011 requires the Secretary of Transportation to review the existing Federal and state regulations for gathering pipelines to determine their sufficiency to ensure the safety of such lines. As such, PHMSA should not move forward with additional regulatory requirements for Type B gathering lines since Congress has mandated a review of the sufficiency of existing regulations;
• The docket contains no supporting evidence to show that the proposed amendment is based on facts and not speculation;
• Excavation damage may pose a greater risk than leaks in Type B gathering lines;
• PHMSA should develop estimates of the cost of compliance for affected operators;
• The economic impact may exceed the threshold for a non-significant regulatory action; and
• If PHMSA implements the change, it must provide at least one year adequate time for affected operators to purchase leak detection equipment, establish leak survey routes, develop recordkeeping systems for these surveys and hire additional personnel following adoption of the new leak survey equipment.
The Iowa Utilities Board (IUB) commented that the proposed amendment appears responsive to NAPSR Resolution 2006-3, which called for the reinstatement of leak surveys that were not included when requirements for Type B gathering lines were adopted in Amendment 192-102. The IUB further noted that the proposed amendment includes a second part that
The Northeast Gas Association suggested that PHMSA revise its proposal to require operators of Type B regulated gathering lines to apply leak survey methods in accordance with § 192.723 which provides the leak survey requirements for low-stress pipelines with a MAOP of less than 20 percent specified minimum yield strength (SMYS).
(A) The sufficiency of existing Federal and state laws and regulations to ensure the safety of gas and hazardous liquid gathering lines;
(B) The economic impacts, technical practicability and challenges of applying existing Federal regulations to gathering lines that are not currently subject to Federal regulation when compared to the public safety benefits; and
(C) Subject to a risk-based assessment, the need to modify or revoke existing exemptions from Federal regulation for gas and hazardous liquid gathering lines.
The need to include leakage surveys as a compliance activity was identified between the publications of the Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rule Making (SNPRM) titled: “Pipeline Safety: Gas Gathering Line Definition: Alternative Definition for Onshore Lines and Proposed Safety Standards,” published October 3, 2005; 70 FR 57536 [Docket No. RSPA-1998-4868; Notice 5], and the Final Rule of the same title published March 15, 2006; 71 FR 13289 [Docket No. PHMSA-1998-4868]. The inclusion of leakage surveys as a compliance action was not included in the Final Rule because it was beyond the scope of the SNPRM and the agency did not want to further delay the rulemaking. During its annual meeting in September 2006, NAPSR also passed a resolution [NAPSR Resolution 2006-3] requesting the regulatory change to Type B lines.
As for the comment that Type B leaks due to excavation damage may pose a greater risk, the annual Type B report data for calendar year 2011 indicated that there were 289 leaks eliminated or repaired by operators of onshore Type B gathering lines, with the leading cause of leaks being external. Excavation damage is and has been recognized as a high risk for Type B gathering lines. This point was elaborated on in the Gas Gathering Line Definition in the SNPRM (October 3, 2005; 70 FR 57536) and Final Rule (March 15, 2006; 71 FR 13289), and served as the basis for the compliance activities for Type B lines (damage prevention programs, placement of line markers, and public awareness programs). This amendment will add one more recognized risk control activity required on Type B gathering lines.
Regarding the comment that PHMSA should estimate the costs of compliance, PHMSA performed a cost analysis by averaging the daily rate of two leak survey service providers. The average cost of surveying two miles of pipeline per day equaled $600. The estimated that approximately 3,650 miles of Type B gathering lines will be required to be inspected annually at an average cost of $300 per mile for an upper bound annual cost of approximately $1.1 million.
However, leak surveys, while not currently required for Type B gathering lines, are a widespread industry practice because they serve a business purpose in helping to detect leaks, thereby reducing lost gas and liability exposure. Although operators do not submit data on the extent of these surveys, PHMSA believes that approximately half of all Type B gathering line mileage that would otherwise be affected by this proposal is already being inspected. This is based on the fact that this is a widespread industry practice and until 2006, this was an existing regulatory requirement. Therefore, a more realistic estimate of the actual incremental cost is approximately 50% of the upper bound of $1.1 million, or $0.55 million per year.
The Northeast Gas Association, in a comment on PHMSA's published NPRM, noted there were operational similarities between Type B gathering lines and gas distribution lines that operate at similar, lower pressures, and requested PHMSA apply leak survey standards to Type B gathering lines that were more in line with leak survey standards for distribution lines, rather than leak survey standards for transmission lines.
Title 49 CFR 192.706 requires transmission line leak surveys at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, and more frequently in densely populated areas. NAPSR believes that Type B gathering lines should be subject to the same requirements, as Type B gathering lines can carry gas that is corrosive, and gas leaks are a significant hazard on those low-stress pipelines. Therefore, requiring leak surveys on Type B gathering lines is an appropriate and necessary risk-management measure.
NAPSR also noted in their comments that some Type B gathering lines are located under broad paved areas, where electrical surveys that detect pipe damage may be difficult to perform, and leaking gas can migrate under the pavement and accumulate in surrounding structures. NAPSR recommends that leak detection surveys should be required to ensure the safety of these lines.
As it stands, distribution lines in business districts must be surveyed each calendar year, with the remainder of distribution lines subject to leak survey at frequencies driven by local conditions but at an interval that does not exceed 5 years. Distribution lines, per the regulations, are required to be odorized which provides members of the public with a warning system for the period between surveys. The gas in gathering lines is un-odorized, so the public does not have any advance warning of line leaks outside of those leak surveys. Leak surveys would serve as the warning bell.
Regarding the concerns raised by commenters about the cost of this proposal, under the current regulations, Type B gathering lines are treated the same as transmission lines for design, installation, construction, and initial testing and inspection. If the line in question is composed of metal, the line must also comply with the same corrosion control requirements as transmission lines. Similar to transmission lines, Type B gathering lines must be included in damage prevention and public education programs, have established MAOPs under § 192.619, and comply with the requirements for installing and maintaining line markers.
Because Type B gathering lines are regulated with many of the same requirements as transmission lines, it would follow that Type B gathering lines and transmission lines have a similar risk profile. Therefore, because transmission lines are subject to annual leak surveys, Type B gathering lines
While leak surveys are not currently required for Type B gathering lines, they are a widespread industry practice that help operators detect leaks early and avoid loss of lives, gas and liability exposure. When this voluntary practice becomes a regulation it will provide a standard and consistent level of safety to the American public and ensure the integrity of these lines.
Taking this into consideration, as well as the GPAC's recommendation and the evaluation of public comments, PHMSA has adopted § 192.9(d)(7) as proposed with the minor modification of substituting the word “fix” with “repair.”
In the NPRM, based on the NAPSR petition, PHMSA proposed to revise § 192.285 to provide greater scheduling flexibility and require requalification of a joiner if any production joint is found unacceptable.
Nicor Gas (Nicor), while supporting the proposal to add a three-month grace period in the requalification interval, does not support the proposed revision that would require requalification of the joiner if one joint is found unacceptable by the required pressure testing. Nicor commented that the proposal is unnecessarily restrictive and not validated or supported by documentation from NAPSR. Nicor noted that there are field conditions and/or circumstances beyond the joiner's control (rain, snow, blowing dirt, trench cave-ins, equipment malfunctions and material flaws) that would affect the joining process without reflecting a lack of skill or proper training. All these incidents may lead to an unacceptable joint.
TPA also disagrees with the proposal to impose a zero-failure tolerance standard for plastic pipe joiners and commented that perfection in the performance of any task in any industry 100 percent of the time is rarely, if ever, achieved. TPA commented on the contrast of the regulations in plastic joining versus welding of steel pipelines and noted that the existing regulations for welders do not impose a zero-tolerance standard, even though most steel pipelines operate at higher pressures than plastic pipelines, and would pose a higher safety risk to the public. The zero tolerance proposal for plastic pipe joiners also fails to consider that all plastic pipe is required to be pressure tested before going into service and that this testing provides an additional layer of safety assurance that plastic pipe joints are safe before pipeline operation begins.
AGA suggested that PHMSA analyze data on fusion failures, present the information to the public and then determine how best to address the issue. AGA further commented that the amendment to prohibit the entire crew from further fusion after one joint failure until requalification occurs seems unnecessarily severe, is unsupported by statistical evidence and has the potential to create unexpected adverse consequences.
In response to the comments regarding the burden of this provision, PHMSA notes that the changes may help reduce some of the current burden associated with the paperwork, tracking and record-keeping requirements that were associated with “three joints or three percent of the joints made, whichever is greater” in the current regulatory language. Regarding the comments inquiring about data or other studies surrounding joints, PHMSA is not aware of any studies showing that an individual who makes one unacceptable joint will make more. On the other hand, PHMSA is not aware of any data or studies that can guarantee that an individual who makes one unacceptable joint won't make another unacceptable joint. The potential safety issues surrounding an unacceptable joint those are not addressed through proper evaluation and requalification seem to outweigh any benefit with continuing the qualification requirements as they currently exist in
Following some discussion, the GPAC unanimously supported PHMSA's proposal that was based on the NAPSR petition. The PACs, industry and the public indicated that the original language in the regulations required numerous letters of interpretation and caused problems in the application of the regulations. The proposed language is also in keeping with some state waivers granted by PHMSA. Accordingly, the Final Rule revises § 192.285 to provide greater scheduling flexibility and require requalification of a joiner if any production joint is found unacceptable.
During the 2008 through 2010 construction seasons, PHMSA identified a number of cases where new pipe did not meet regulatory specified strength requirements. Pipe that is 15 percent below the mandated SMYS was found on several new pipeline construction projects. On May 21, 2009, PHMSA issued an advisory bulletin (ADB-09-01) Docket No. PHMSA-2009-0148—“Pipeline Safety: Potential Low and Variable Yield and Tensile Strength and Chemical Composition Properties in High Strength Line Pipe”), alerting pipeline operators of issues found with low strength pipe. Eliminating the mill test allowance to combine equipment loading stresses will have the effect of increasing the internal test pressure for mill hydrostatic tests for new pipe to be operated at an alternative MAOP. When combined with pipe mill dimensional checks for expansion, that change will help assure that all new pipes for this service receive an adequate mill test and have adequate strength. This mill hydrostatic test criteria change will help to eliminate low strength pipe in alternative MAOP pipelines.
During 2009 to 2010, INGAA conducted two studies/white papers titled, “Guidelines for Evaluation and Mitigation of Expanded Pipes” dated June 9, 2010, and “Identification of Pipe with Low and Variable Mechanical Properties in High Strength, Low Alloy Steels” dated September, 2009 (Docket No. PHMSA-2010-0026). The INGAA studies confirm that if the mill hydrostatic pressure test produced a stress of 95 percent or more of SMYS, and diameter dimensions were taken at intervals along the length of each joint in addition to the required end dimension measurements, expansion of the pipe beyond the set tolerances in the pipe specification did not occur. If unacceptable expansion has occurred, those pipe joints can be identified and eliminated.
Since steel and pipe production are worldwide manufacturing processes, it is very difficult to determine that a standard quality assurance process has been fully implemented. Mill hydrostatic tests are the final quality assurance process in the pipe manufacturing chain. They are conducted by the pipe manufacturer and have the full quality assurance review of the pipe manufacturer and pipe purchaser/pipeline operator. This new requirement is based upon an INGAA sponsored industry review of pipe making practices. If pipe is not tested to a higher pressure in the mill then the low strength pipe will create operational concerns in the field. The adoption of this amendment should expose low strength pipe in operation. Thus, PHMSA has adopted § 192.112(e) as proposed.
PACs' members pointed out that the way in which states do their budgeting and accounting varies and some states do have indirect costs that exceed the 20 percent limit. However, because of the 20 percent required cost share, states do not present their costs that are above that threshold. Some state representatives noted that their indirect cost submissions are required to be approved first at the Federal level and are highly scrutinized to ensure no padding is done. In addition to that, to ensure compliance, PHMSA performs frequent audits of the state programs.
Based on an NTSB investigation and recommendation resulting from an Enbridge pipeline incident that took place on July 4, 2002, near Cohasset, Minnesota, PHMSA proposed to revise the regulation to require that the rail transportation of all pipe be subject to the referenced API standards.
(a) Railroad. In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not install pipe shipped by rail prior to November 12, 1970, unless the operator can show that the transportation was performed in a manner that meets the requirements of API RP 5L1.
NAPSR agrees that any remaining stock of such pipe is likely to be minimal.
This section was further amended on August 9, 2013. The current law continues to prohibit the Secretary from issuing a regulation that incorporates by reference any document unless that document is available to the public, free of charge, but removes the Internet Web site requirements (Pub. L. 113-30, August 9, 2013). PHMSA will address this proposal in a future rulemaking action.
Sections 192.612(a) and 195.413(a) no longer require operators to perform an underwater inspection of all pipelines in the Gulf and its inlets. (
In a July 17, 2007, Final Rule (72 FR 39017), PHMSA sought to modify § 195.452(h)(4)(i) to provide for alternative methods of calculating a pressure reduction for immediate repair conditions caused by threats other than corrosion. The Office of the Federal Register was unable to incorporate that change due to inaccurate amendatory instructions. In the NPRM, PHMSA again proposed to revise § 195.452(h)(4)(i) to make the same change as published in the July 17, 2007, Final Rule, with corrected amendatory instructions.
§ 195.452(h)(4)(i): “Immediate repair conditions. An operator's evaluation and remediation schedule must provide for immediate repair conditions. To maintain safety an operator must provide for immediate repair conditions. To maintain safety an operator must temporarily reduce the operating pressure or shut down the pipeline until the operator completes the repair of these conditions. An operator must calculate the temporary reduction in operating pressure using the criteria in paragraph (h)(4)(i)(B) of this section. If no suitable remaining strength calculation method can be identified, a minimum 20 percent or greater operating pressure reduction must be implemented until the anomaly is repaired. An operator must treat the following conditions as immediate repair conditions.”
The AOPL commented that the proposed language requiring the calculation of pressure reductions for detected anomalies should be modified to appropriately reference suitable calculation methods.
API noted that § 195.452(h)(4)(i)(B) already allows the use of PR-3-805 (RSTRENG), modified PR-3-805 (RSTRENG), or a suitable alternative remaining strength calculation method to be used, and therefore already fully covers the calculation of a temporary reduction in operating pressure. The API suggests that the following sentence in the proposed section is redundant: “If the formula is not applicable to the type of anomaly or would produce a higher operating pressure, an operator must use an alternative acceptable method to calculate a reduced operating pressure.”
The LPAC suggested the following language:
§ 195.452(h)(4)(i): “Immediate repair conditions. An operator's evaluation and remediation schedule must provide for immediate repair conditions. To maintain safety, an operator must temporarily reduce the operating pressure or shut down the pipeline until the operator completes the repair of these conditions. An operator must calculate the temporary reduction in operating pressure using the formulas referenced in paragraph (h)(4)(i)(B) of this section. If no suitable remaining strength calculation method can be identified, a minimum 20 percent or greater operating pressure reduction, based on actual operating pressure for two months prior to the date of inspection, must be implemented until the anomaly is repaired. An operator must treat the following conditions as immediate repair conditions: [. . .]”
PHMSA proposed to require that for new pipelines, an operator would notify the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office of planned alternative MAOP design and operations 180 days prior to start of pipe manufacturing or construction activities. An operator would also notify state pipeline safety authorities when the pipeline is located in a state where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement or where an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that state.
PHMSA also proposed to revise § 192.620(c)(8) to correct a typographical error related to the reference to § 192.611(a).
The proposal to require 180 day notice for new pipelines was to allow sufficient time for PHMSA to conduct any needed material manufacturing and construction inspections, including checks of new pipe rolling and coating processes, visit the new pipeline field sites during construction, analyze operating history of existing pipelines, and review test records, plans, and procedures.
Panhandle Energy (Panhandle) recommended that the wording addressing new pipelines be changed to: “For new pipelines, notify the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office 180 days prior to the start of pipe manufacturing and/or construction activities, if practicable, but no more than 10 business days after the operator places an order for the pipe or executes the pipeline construction contract.”
TPA commented that if the operator wishes to utilize the existing pipe stock that satisfies the MAOP regulation requirement, the 180 day notice to the manufacturer would be impossible, and that the language should be revised to remove “and/or” to provide clear, unambiguous standards.
In the NPRM, PHMSA proposed to codify the statutory requirement for the submission of the NPMS data into Parts 191 and 195. An NPMS submission consists of geospatial data, attribute data and metadata, public contact information, and a transmittal letter.
PHMSA also proposed to require operators to follow the submission guidelines and dates set forth in the July 31, 2008, advisory bulletin (73 FR 44800: Pipeline Safety; National Pipeline Mapping System). Gas transmission operators and liquefied natural gas (LNG) plant operators would make their NPMS submissions on or before March 15, representing their assets as of December 31 of the previous year. Hazardous liquid operators would make their NPMS submissions on or before June 15, representing their assets as of December 31 of the previous year.
INGAA recommended that while PHMSA is amending the welding regulations, PHMSA should take the opportunity to formally incorporate by reference Appendix B to API Std 1104 for in-service (also known as “live line”) welding. Oleska suggested that the language of the proposed revision would be clearer if we changed “pipe and components” to read “pipe or components.”
Panhandle commented that the proposed language for § 192.229(c)(1) contains an oversight related to this equivalence. The section says, in part:
A welder or welding operator qualified under § 192.227(a)—
(1) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS unless within the preceding six calendar months the welder or welding operator has had one weld tested and found acceptable under section 6 or section 9 of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
According to Panhandle, sections 6 and 9 of API Std 1104 relate to workmanship criteria only. The proposed language would appear to exclude qualification of a welding operator whose welds are regularly being assessed per the criteria in API Std 1104, Appendix A which is regarded as being equivalent to ASME BPVC, section IX. It is reasonable to allow qualification for a welding operator whose work has been acceptable under the Appendix A criteria. Panhandle therefore suggested that PHMSA modify the proposed language in the notice to read:
A welder or welding operator qualified under § 192.227(a) may not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS unless within the preceding 6 calendar months the welder or welding operator has had one weld tested and found acceptable under section 6, section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104, as applicable (incorporated by reference,
PHMSA re-evaluated its proposal to add additional references to qualification standards in API Std 1104. PHMSA finds that adding API Std 1104, section 13 (“Automatic Welding Without Filler Metal Additions”) is inconsistent with pipeline safety. API Std 1104, section 13 is not used on regulated pipelines and would be a major change in girth welding standards. Also, for practical purposes, there are no commercially used pipeline welding systems in the United States to which API Std 1104, section 13 can be applied. Not adopting API Std 1104, section 13, will prevent an operator from using a potentially less safe welding system without a PHMSA special permit review.
INGAA suggested that PHMSA use the Final Rule as an opportunity to formally incorporate by reference Appendix B to API Std 1104 for in-service (“live line”) welding. Parts 192 and 195 currently require that all welding procedures be qualified to API Std 1104, section 5 or ASME BPVC, section IX, and that all welders be qualified to API Std 1104, section 6 or ASME BPVC, section IX. API Std 1104, Appendix B is only applicable to in-service welds on live or “hot” pipelines, with pressurized product in the pipe. The qualification requirements of Appendix B are optimized for in-service welds, and differ greatly from API Std 1104, sections 5 and 6 and ASME BPVC, section IX. Thus, adding API Std 1104, Appendix B to the Final Rule is a significant change that is outside the scope of this rule. We will consider this change for a future regulatory action.
Based upon further review by PHMSA of Part 192, Appendix C, PHMSA decided that adding welding operators for Appendix C qualification in § 192.227(b) would be inappropriate for the following reasons:
(1) Qualification of welding operators can be, and is more appropriately performed to API Std 1104, section 12, instead of Appendix C;
(2) Appendix C is primarily used for lower pressure, smaller diameter distribution lines, which are welded by welders, not welding operators; and
(3) The language in Appendix C was written for qualification of welders, and may not be appropriate for qualification of welding operators.
We agree with the comments that API 1104, Appendix A should be included as a qualification reference. When we proposed to add the relevant references to welding qualification standards to be consistent with industry practice, we intended to include the Appendix A reference, a widely accepted standard. Appendix A is now cited in the final regulations applicable to welding and welding operators.
In the NPRM, PHMSA proposed that because the standard ASME pressure vessel test in ASME BPVC, section VIII, division 1 is 1.3 times MAOP, an operator must specify the correct test pressure when placing an order for an ASME vessel to ensure it is designed and tested to the requirements of 49 CFR part 192. Unless a vessel is specially ordered with a test pressure of 1.5 times MAOP as prescribed by the purchaser, the vessel will be tested in accordance with the standard test factor of 1.3. If the vessel is not tested to 1.5 times the MAOP, it cannot be used in a compressor or meter station, or other Class 3 or Class 4 locations. The failure to meet this requirement can potentially lead to exceeding the design parameters of the vessel during subsequent testing of the pipeline system.
The pressure test requirements in ASME BPVC, section VIII were lowered from a test factor of 1.5 to 1.3 by an earlier edition. PHMSA proposed to add § 192.153 to clearly specify the design and test requirements for pressure vessels in meter stations, compressor stations, and other locations that are tested to Class 3 requirements. Under the proposal, all ASME pressure vessels subject to § 192.153 and § 192.165(b)(3) would be designed and tested at a pressure that is 1.5 times the MAOP, in lieu of the standard ASME BPVC, section VIII test pressure of 1.3 times the MAOP. Additionally, PHMSA proposed to revise § 192.165(b)(3) reference to this requirement.
INGAA noted that station piping often includes fabricated sections that are assembled at the construction site. Many of these sections, such as compressor bottles, coolers and inlet scrubbers and separators are tested and certified by their manufacturers. Requiring a second test at the construction site as proposed would depart sharply from common practice, add costs that are not justified by a safety benefit and potentially invalidate the manufacturers' compliance certificates.
Kern River further commented that station piping is commonly tested in several segments and it is not common practice to include and retest ASME code vessels since they are certified by the manufacturers and retesting would require dewatering. INGAA advised PHMSA to adopt an alternate clarification that these components do not require testing beyond the ASME code. If PHMSA adopts the current recommendation, it should clarify that the amendment applies to components placed into service after the amendment's effective date.
INGAA had similar comments and suggested that PHMSA convene a public hearing or workshop to develop the fundamental regulatory changes needed to align its policy objectives with
The American Chemical Council (ACC) commented that the use of gas odorants at certain facilities could affect some chemical manufacturing processes and the quality of some chemicals. While there are well-established safety benefits of odorants in natural gas transmission that are fully consistent with the ACC member company interests in enhanced natural gas production and use, the ACC is concerned that the potential requirement to odorize lateral lines that carry natural gas may affect some industrial facilities. Further, the proposal could force chemical manufacturers to remove the odorant before processing, leading to a substantial potential increase in the effective cost of natural gas and in the cost of production.
TPA commented that this change could also result in odorization equipment, including odorant storage tanks, being located in close proximity to populated areas, increasing the likelihood of false reports and odor complaints from nearby residents. According to TPA, some products manufactured with natural gas can be tainted by sulfur based odorant making the product worthless.
In the NPRM, PHMSA proposed several editorial amendments to the regulations.
(1) In § 195.571, we proposed to revise the reference to NACE SP0169 to specify compliance with one or more of the applicable criteria contained in paragraphs 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5 and 6.3.
(2) In § 195.2, we proposed to amend the definition of “Alarm” to correct an error in the codification of the new control room management regulations (74 FR 63310).
(3) In §§ 192.925(b) and (b)(2), we proposed to replace “indirect examination” with “indirect inspection” to maintain consistency with § 192.925(a) and the applicable NACE standard.
(4) In § 195.428(c), we proposed to replace “sections 5.1.2” with “section 7.1.2” to correctly reference the overfill protection requirements for aboveground breakout tanks in the API Std 2510.
(5) In section 192.3 we proposed to add the definition of “Welder” and “Welding Operator.
(6) In § 195.2, we proposed to revise the definitions of “alarm” and “hazardous liquid.”
None of these editorial amendments received any comment and, as such, we are adopting them all as proposed.
Several administrative regulatory changes summarized in the following paragraphs are included in this Final Rule.
PHMSA discovered an error in the hazardous liquid regulations covering operator notifications of planned construction, and gave notice of its intention to correct the regulatory language (
The NPRM proposed to remove the requirement to file offshore pipeline condition reports currently found in §§ 191.27 and 195.57. This Final Rule completes the removal and changes §§ 191.7 and 195.58 by removing the reference to offshore pipeline condition reports.
Sections 191.25 and 195.56 include the method for submitting safety-related condition reports. Since the receipt and processing of these reports is extremely time sensitive, the regulations currently require submittal by facsimile and do not provide an option for electronically mailing the report to PHMSA. These amendments are non-substantive and allow operators easier reporting methods. In this Final Rule, these regulations are revised to allow submittal of reports by electronic mail.
The remaining changes apply to the submittal methods for integrity management and operator qualification program notifications. Under changes made in this Final Rule, these notifications may now be submitted by either electronic mail or regular mail. For integrity management, changes are made in §§ 192.949 and 195.452. For operator qualification programs, changes are made in §§ 192.805 and 195.505.
This Final Rule is a non-significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735) and, therefore, was not reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. This Final Rule is not significant under the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11034).
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 require agencies to regulate in the “most cost-effective manner,” to make a “reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs,” and to develop regulations that “impose the least burden on society.” PHMSA amended miscellaneous provisions to clarify and eliminate unduly burdensome requirements. PHMSA also responded to requests from industry and state pipeline safety representatives to revise its regulations. PHMSA anticipates that a majority of the amendments contained in this Final Rule will have economic benefits to the regulated community by
For example, the changes related to NPMS and ethanol are simply a regulatory codification of current requirements. The elimination of the exception in § 192.65 related to the transportation of pipe should have minimal impact because the amount of pipe that would be eligible for the exception is very small. The elimination of the offshore pipeline condition report will eliminate a reporting requirement that is no longer necessary.
Several provisions of the Final Rule are specifically designed to eliminate confusion and potentially lower costs for regulated entities. For example, the final addition of § 192.153(e) is designed to prevent regulated entities from purchasing pressure vessels that do not comply with § 192.505(b), but that do comply with ASME BPVC, section VII, as required by § 192.165(b)(3). The changes with respect to qualifying plastic pipe joiners will prevent re-qualification date “creep” and provide operators greater re-qualification flexibility and overall cost savings.
Annual Compliance costs associated with this rulemaking are estimated to be $0.55 million, all of which are associated with requirement of leak Surveys for Type B gathering lines. PHMSA estimates approximately 3,650 miles of Type B gathering lines will be required to be inspected annually. PHMSA estimates that the average cost of inspection is $300 per mile, bringing the upper bound limit of the total annual expenditure to approximately $1.1 million. A more realistic estimate of the actual incremental cost is approximately 50% of the upper bound of $.55 million.
By performing leak surveys annually, operators are more likely to detect leaks early, thereby avoiding costlier future repairs and reducing the amount of gas lost. There are also practical, operational benefits to conducting leak surveys, in the form of greater knowledge of the state of the pipeline, including potential third-party encroachments, soil erosion, or intrusion by vegetation.
The lead cause of these leaks is external corrosion. Leak surveys are particularly important for low pressure gas gathering lines because these lines tend to leak rather than rupture and because their gas is non-odorized, making leaks more difficult to detect. In addition to the direct operational benefits, annual leak surveys will also reduce the environmental harm caused by lost gas (
In addition, eliminating these leak helps to ensure that leaked gas does not collect and lead a catastrophic explosion or other incident. Although fortunately there have been no serious incidents involving Type B gathering lines in the past several years, increased leak surveys would reduce the potential of a future incident. At an incremental cost of $0.55 million per year, requiring annual leak surveys would be a cost-effective safety intervention if it prevents even a single fatal incident over a 16 year period.
A more thorough discussion of the subjects and the associated costs and benefits can be found in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, a copy of which has been placed in the Docket, PHMSA-2010-0026.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
PHMSA, pipeline operators and others have identified certain errors, inconsistencies, and deficiencies in the pipeline safety regulations concerning the following subjects: (1) Performance of post-construction inspections; (2) leak surveys of Type B onshore gas gathering lines; (3) the requirements for qualifying plastic pipe joiners; (4) the transportation of ethanol by pipeline; (5) the transportation of pipe; (6) the filing of offshore pipeline condition reports and (7) the calculation of pressure reductions for hazardous pipeline anomalies. PHMSA is addressing these issues in this Final Rule.
Under the pipeline safety laws, 49 U.S.C. 60101
In general, the Final Rule will apply to pipeline operators, some of which may qualify as a small business as defined in Section 601(3) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. Some pipelines are operated by jurisdictions with a population of less than 50,000 people, and thus qualify as small governmental jurisdictions.
Some portions of the rule apply to manufacturers of pipeline components, as well as the contractors constructing or repairing a pipeline. Many of these may qualify as a small business entity.
The Final Rule does not directly impose any reporting or recordkeeping requirements. However, the rule creates an obligation to perform leak surveys of Type B gathering lines. This sort of survey is currently required of transmission lines. Professional technicians will be needed to comply with this requirement, and the time required for compliance will vary greatly with each system, depending on the system's size.
The remainder of the Final Rule does not impose any significant compliance, recordkeeping, or reporting requirements. However, it affects the timing and substance of one type of report that must be created and maintained under existing regulations. The Final Rule stipulates that operators notify PHMSA field offices 60 days prior to pipe manufacturing or construction activities on new alternative MAOP pipelines. The current regulations require operators to notify PHMSA 180 days in advance of operating a pipeline at a higher alternative MAOP. Because operators must currently provide PHMSA with a 180 day notice prior to operating at the alternative MAOP the Final Rule does not impose any additional reporting requirements.
PHMSA is unaware of any duplicative, overlapping, or conflicting Federal rules.
PHMSA is unaware of any alternatives which would produce smaller economic impacts on small entities while at the same time meeting the objectives of the relevant statutes. Several provisions of the Final Rule are specifically designed to eliminate confusion and potentially lower costs for regulated entities. For example, the addition of 49 CFR 192.153(e) is designed to prevent regulated entities from purchasing pressure vessels that do not comply with § 192.505(b), but that do comply with ASME BPVC section VII, as required by § 192.165(b)(3). PHMSA believes that this Final Rule impacts a substantial number of small entities but that this impact will be negligible. The one requirement that may have a significant cost impact on small businesses is leak surveys for Type B gas gathering lines. PHMSA estimates that requiring leakage surveys on Type B gas gathering lines will necessitate an annual expenditure of approximately 0.55 million dollars. The costs are based on surveying two miles of pipeline per day at an approximate daily cost of $300 per mile and PHMSA's estimation that 50 percent of the mileage affected by this proposal already complies with the surveying. The daily costs are an average day rate provided by two providers of leak survey services.
The Small Business Administration's North American Industry Classification System Code for gas transmission pipeline operators defines a small business as those operators that have annual revenue of less than 25.5 million dollars. It is PHMSA's opinion that very few gas gathering operators have revenues less than 25.5 million dollars per year. No other types of small entities, such as manufacturers, will see a significant cost impact. Therefore, this amendment will not affect a substantial number of small businesses. Based on the facts available about the expected impact of this rulemaking, I certify, under Section 605 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605) that this Final Rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
PHMSA has analyzed this Final Rule according to the principles and criteria in Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments.” Because this Final Rule does not significantly or uniquely affect the communities of the Indian tribal governments or impose substantial direct compliance costs, the funding and consultation requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply.
This Final Rule imposes no new requirements for recordkeeping and reporting.
This Final Rule does not impose unfunded mandates under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. It would not result in costs of $100 million, adjusted for inflation, or more in any one year to either state, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, and is the least burdensome alternative that achieves the objective of the Final Rule.
The National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321-4375) requires that Federal agencies analyze final actions to determine whether those actions will have a significant impact on the human environment. The Council on Environmental Quality regulations requires Federal agencies to conduct an environmental review considering (1) the need for the final action, (2) alternatives to the final action, (3) probable environmental impacts of the final action and alternatives, and (4) the agencies and persons consulted during the consideration process. 40 CFR 1508.9(b).
PHMSA's mission is to protect people and the environment from the risks of hazardous materials transportation. The purpose of this rulemaking change is to improve compliance, provide clarification, address conflicting language and promote improved pipeline integrity and safety. In addition the purpose is to address small gaps in the current regulations and mitigate some of the negative externalities that can result from industry market failures.
The need for this action stems from statutory requirements described in the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and job Creation Act of 2011 (Public Law 112-90), safety recommendations from the NTSB, and petitions from industry groups. In addition, due to shortfalls and unenforceability of industry standards, there arises a need for government to set minimum safety levels in pipeline regulations.
PHMSA is making amendments and editorial changes to the regulations that includes modifying the requirements for: the performance of post-construction inspections, the conducting of leak surveys of Type B onshore gas gathering lines, qualifying plastic pipe joiners, the regulation of ethanol, the transportation of pipe, the filing of offshore pipeline condition reports, and the calculation of pressure reductions for hazardous liquid pipeline anomalies.
In developing the Final Rule, PHMSA considered three alternatives:
(1) No action.
(2) Adopting all proposed amendments.
(3) Adopting all proposed amendments except for leak surveys for Type Gas gathering lines.
PHMSA has an obligation to ensure the safe and effective transportation of hazardous liquids and gases by pipeline. The changes in this Final Rule serve that purpose by clarifying the regulations and eliminating unduly burdensome requirements. A failure to undertake these actions would allow for the continued imposition of unnecessary compliance costs without increasing public safety. Accordingly, PHMSA rejected the no action alternative.
PHMSA's Selected Action is a set of amendments and editorial changes to the Federal Pipeline Safety Regulations (49 CFR parts 191, 192, and 195). These revisions would eliminate inconsistencies and respond to several petitions for rulemaking and recommendations from our stakeholders, thereby facilitating the safe and effective transportation of hazardous liquids and gases by pipeline. The changes in this Final Rule will serve that purpose by clarifying certain regulatory requirements.
As discussed above under alternative 2, and in the published NPRM, PHMSA proposed to make certain amendments, corrections and editorial changes to the regulations. These revisions eliminate inconsistencies and respond to several petitions for rulemaking and recommendations from our stakeholders, thereby facilitating the safe and effective transportation of hazardous liquids and gases by pipeline. The proposal related to leak survey for Type B gas gathering lines. PHMSA established a new method for determining whether a gas pipeline is an “onshore gathering line” in 2006. PHMSA also imposed new safety standards for “regulated onshore gathering lines,” which divided regulated onshore gathering lines into
Type B gathering lines includes metallic lines with a MAOP of less than 20 percent of SMYS, as well as nonmetallic lines with a MAOP of 125 psig or less, in a Class 2 location (as determined under one of three formulas) or in a Class 3 or Class 4 location. These lines are subject to less stringent requirements than Type A gathering lines. Specifically, any new or substantially changed Type B line must comply with the design, installation, construction, and initial testing and inspection requirements for transmission lines and, if of metallic construction, the corrosion control requirements for transmission lines. Operators must also include Type B gathering lines in their damage prevention and public education programs, establish the MAOP of those lines under § 192.619, and comply with the requirements for maintaining and installing line markers that apply to transmission lines. It is important that dependable leak detection surveys are used to identify leakage so that appropriate repairs can be initiated to our nation's pipeline system. Prompt repair can help reduce the consequences of incidents to the public, environment and property. Performing field leak surveys is a preventative and proactive safety measure. Operator leak reporting also gives PHMSA valuable information that can be used in trending analysis for the determination of problematic materials or poor operating practices. Over time, unchecked leakage can potentially impact safety in addition to the fact that gas leaks have the risk of accidental ignition causing a fire or explosion.
Prior to the 2006 Final Rule, operators had to perform leak surveys of non-rural gas gathering lines. Also, some Type B gathering lines are located under broad paved areas where electrical surveys (another means of detecting pipe damage) may be difficult to perform and leaking gas could migrate under the pavement and accumulate in surrounding structures. PHMSA believes that leak surveys are an effective means of ensuring the integrity of low-stress pipelines. Accordingly, PHMSA rejected this alternative.
The Nation's pipelines are located throughout the United States in a variety of diverse environments—from offshore locations, to highly populated urban sites, to unpopulated rural areas. The pipeline infrastructure is a network of over 2.5 million miles of pipeline that move millions of gallons of hazardous liquids and over 55 billion cubic feet of natural gas daily. The biggest source of energy is petroleum, including oil and natural gas. Together, these commodities supply 65 percent of the energy in the United States.
The physical environment potentially affected by the Final Rule includes airspace, water resources (
Because the pipelines subject to the Final Rule contain hazardous materials, resources within the physically affected environment, as well as public health and safety, may be affected by gas pipeline incidents such as spills and leaks. Incidents on pipelines can result in fires and explosions, resulting in damage to the local environment. In addition, since pipelines often contain gas streams laden with condensates and natural gas liquids, failures also result in spills of these liquids, which can cause environmental harm. Depending on the size of a spill or gas leak and the nature of the impact zone, the environmental impacts could vary from property and environmental damage to injuries or, on rare occasions, fatalities.
A majority of the amendments in this Final Rule are not substantive in nature and would have little or no impact on the human environment. It is likely that on a national scale, the cumulative environmental damage from pipelines is reduced, or at a minimum, unchanged. Requiring leakage surveys on Type B gathering lines will have positive environmental impacts. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) data indicate that methane contributed to nine percent of the reported greenhouse gas emissions in Calendar Year 2011 (
For these reasons, PHMSA has concluded that neither of the alternatives discussed above would result in any significant impacts on the environment.
Various industry associations and state regulatory agencies, such as the American Gas Association, the American Petroleum Associations and NAPSR, were consulted in the development of this rulemaking.
PHMSA has determined that the selected alternative would not have a significant impact on the human environment.
Anyone may search the electronic form of all comments received for any of our dockets. You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement published in the
PHMSA has analyzed this Final Rule according to Executive Order 13132 (“Federalism”). The Final Rule does not have a substantial direct effect on the states, the relationship between the national government and the states, or the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. This Final Rule does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on state and local governments. This Final Rule does not preempt state law for intrastate pipelines. Therefore, the consultation and funding requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply.
This Final Rule is not a “significant energy action” under Executive Order 13211 (Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use). It is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on supply, distribution, or energy use.
Pipeline Safety, Reporting, and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Pipeline safety, Security measures
Ammonia, Carbon dioxide, Incorporation by reference, Petroleum, Pipeline safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
In consideration of the foregoing, 49 CFR Chapter I is amended as follows:
49 U.S.C. 5121, 60102, 60103, 60104, 60108, 60117, 60118, 60124, 60132, and 49 CFR 1.97.
(a)
(b)
(e)
(a) Each report of a safety-related condition under § 191.23(a) must be filed (received by OPS within five working days, not including Saturday, Sunday, or Federal Holidays) after the day a representative of the operator first determines that the condition exists, but not later than 10 working days after the day a representative of the operator discovers the condition. Separate conditions may be described in a single report if they are closely related. Reports may be transmitted by electronic mail to
(a) Each operator of a gas transmission pipeline or liquefied natural gas facility must provide the following geospatial data to PHMSA for that pipeline or facility:
(1) Geospatial data, attributes, metadata and transmittal letter appropriate for use in the National Pipeline Mapping System. Acceptable formats and additional information are specified in the NPMS Operator Standards Manual available at
(2) The name of and address for the operator.
(3) The name and contact information of a pipeline company employee, to be displayed on a public Web site, who will serve as a contact for questions from the general public about the operator's NPMS data.
(b) The information required in paragraph (a) of this section must be submitted each year, on or before March 15, representing assets as of December 31 of the previous year. If no changes have occurred since the previous year's submission, the operator must comply with the guidance provided in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at
49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60104, 60108, 60109, 60110, 60113, 60116 and 60118, 60137; and 49 CFR 1.97.
(d) * * *
(7) Conduct leakage surveys in accordance with § 192.706 using leak detection equipment and promptly repair hazardous leaks that are discovered in accordance with § 192.703(c).
(a)
(e) A component having a design pressure established in accordance with paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this section and subject to the strength testing requirements of § 192.505(b) must be tested to at least 1.5 times the MAOP.
(b) * * *
(3) Be manufactured in accordance with section VIII ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) (incorporated by reference,
(a) Welding must be performed by a qualified welder or welding operator in accordance with welding procedures qualified under section 5, section 12, or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each welder or welding operator must be qualified in accordance with section 6, section 12, or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(b) A welder may qualify to perform welding on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS by performing an acceptable test weld, for the process to be used, under the test set forth in section I of Appendix C of this part. Each welder who is to make a welded service line connection to a main must first perform an acceptable test weld under section II of Appendix C of this part as a requirement of the qualifying test.
(a) No welder or welding operator whose qualification is based on nondestructive testing may weld compressor station pipe and components.
(b) A welder or welding operator may not weld with a particular welding process unless, within the preceding 6 calendar months, the welder or welding operator was engaged in welding with that process.
(c) A welder or welding operator qualified under § 192.227(a)—
(1) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS unless within the preceding 6 calendar months the welder or welding operator has had one weld tested and found acceptable under either section 6, section 9, section 12 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(2) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS unless the welder or welding operator is tested in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section or re-qualifies under paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section.
(d) A welder or welding operator qualified under § 192.227(b) may not weld unless—
(1) Within the preceding 15 calendar months, but at least once each calendar year, the welder or welding operator has re-qualified under § 192.227(b); or
(2) Within the preceding 7
(i) A production weld cut out, tested, and found acceptable in accordance with the qualifying test; or
(ii) For a welder who works only on service lines 2 inches (51 millimeters) or smaller in diameter, the welder has had two sample welds tested and found acceptable in accordance with the test in section III of Appendix C of this part.
(c) The acceptability of a weld that is nondestructively tested or visually inspected is determined according to the standards in section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by
(e) Except for a welder or welding operator whose work is isolated from the principal welding activity, a sample of each welder or welding operator's work for each day must be nondestructively tested, when nondestructive testing is required under § 192.241(b).
(c) A person must be re-qualified under an applicable procedure once each calendar year at intervals not exceeding 15 months, or after any production joint is found unacceptable by testing under § 192.513.
Each transmission line and main must be inspected to ensure that it is constructed in accordance with this subpart. An operator must not use operator personnel to perform a required inspection if the operator personnel performed the construction task requiring inspection. Nothing in this section prohibits the operator from inspecting construction tasks with operator personnel who are involved in other construction tasks.
(e) If a component other than pipe is the only item being replaced or added to a pipeline, a strength test after installation is not required, if the manufacturer of the component certifies that:
(1) The component was tested to at least the pressure required for the pipeline to which it is being added;
(2) The component was manufactured under a quality control system that ensures that each item manufactured is at least equal in strength to a prototype and that the prototype was tested to at least the pressure required for the pipeline to which it is being added; or
(3) The component carries a pressure rating established through applicable ASME/ANSI, Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS) specifications, or by unit strength calculations as described in § 192.143.
(c) * * *
(1) For pipelines already in service, notify the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service of the intention to use the alternative pressure at least 180 days before operating at the alternative MAOP. For new pipelines, notify the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office of planned alternative MAOP design and operation at least 60 days prior to the earliest start date of either pipe manufacturing or construction activities. An operator must also notify the state pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a state where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement or where an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that state.
(8) A Class 1 and Class 2 location can be upgraded one class due to class changes per § 192.611(a). * * *
(i) After December 16, 2004, notify the Administrator or a state agency participating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the operator significantly modifies the program after the administrator or state agency has verified that it complies with this section. Notifications to PHMSA may be submitted by electronic mail to
(b)
(2)
An operator must provide any notification required by this subpart by—
(a) Sending the notification by electronic mail to
(b) Sending the notification by mail to ATTN: Information Resources Manager, DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd Floor, E22-321, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60104, 60108, 60109, 60116, 60118, 60132, 60137, and 49 CFR 1.97.
(a) Each report of a safety-related condition under § 195.55(a) must be filed (received by OPS) within five working days (not including Saturday, Sunday, or Federal Holidays) after the day a representative of the operator first determines that the condition exists, but not later than 10 working days after the day a representative of the operator discovers the condition. Separate conditions may be described in a single report if they are closely related. Reports may be transmitted by electronic mail to
(a)
(b)
(e)
(a) Each operator of a hazardous liquid pipeline facility must provide the following geospatial data to PHMSA for that facility:
(1) Geospatial data, attributes, metadata and transmittal letter appropriate for use in the National Pipeline Mapping System. Acceptable formats and additional information are specified in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at
(2) The name of and address for the operator.
(3) The name and contact information of a pipeline company employee, to be displayed on a public Web site, who will serve as a contact for questions from the general public about the operator's NPMS data.
(b) This information must be submitted each year, on or before June 15, representing assets as of December 31 of the previous year. If no changes have occurred since the previous year's submission, the operator must refer to the information provided in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at
Inspection must be provided to ensure that the installation of pipe or pipeline systems is in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. Any operator personnel used to perform the inspection must be trained and qualified in the phase of construction to be inspected. An operator must not use operator personnel to perform a required inspection if the operator personnel performed the construction task requiring inspection. Nothing in this section prohibits the operator from inspecting construction tasks with operator personnel who are involved in other construction tasks.
(a) Welding must be performed by a qualified welder or welding operator in accordance with welding procedures qualified under section 5, section 12 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(a) Each welder or welding operator must be qualified in accordance with section 6, section 12 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(b) No welder or welding operator may weld with a welding process unless, within the preceding 6 calendar months, the welder or welding operator has—
(2) Had one weld tested and found acceptable under section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(b) The acceptability of a weld is determined according to the standards in section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
(d) During construction, at least 10 percent of the girth welds made by each welder and welding operator during each welding day must be nondestructively tested over the entire circumference of the weld.
(c) For aboveground breakout tanks built to API Std 650 (incorporated by reference,
(d) For aboveground atmospheric pressure breakout tanks constructed of carbon and low alloy steel, welded or riveted, and non-refrigerated tanks built to API Std 650 or its predecessor Standard 12 C that are returned to service after October 2, 2000, the necessity for the hydrostatic testing of repair, alteration, and reconstruction is covered in section 12.3 of API Standard 653 (incorporated by reference,
(c) Aboveground breakout tanks that are constructed or significantly altered according to API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference,
(h) * * *
(4) * * *
(i)
(m) How does an operator notify PHMSA? An operator must provide any notification required by this section by:
(1) Sending the notification by electronic mail to
(2) Sending the notification by mail to ATTN: Information Resources Manager, DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd Floor, E22-321, 1200 New Jersey Ave SE., Washington, DC 20590.
(i) After December 16, 2004, notify the Administrator or a state agency participating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the operator significantly modifies the program after the administrator or state agency has verified that it complies with this section. Notifications to PHMSA may be submitted by electronic mail to
Cathodic protection required by this subpart must comply with one or more of the applicable criteria and other considerations for cathodic protection contained paragraphs 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5 and 6.3 in NACE SP 0169 (incorporated by reference,
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule.
NMFS is reallocating the projected unused amounts of the Community Development Quota pollock directed fishing allowances from the Aleutian Islands subarea to the Bering Sea subarea. This action is necessary to provide opportunity for harvest of the 2015 total allowable catch of pollock, consistent with the goals and objectives of the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area.
Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), March 11, 2015 through 2400 hrs, A.l.t., December 31, 2015.
Steve Whitney, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the BSAI exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
In the Aleutian Islands subarea, the portion of the 2015 pollock total allowable catch (TAC) allocated to the Community Development Quota (CDQ) directed fishing allowance (DFA) is 1,900 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2015 and 2016 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (80 FR 11919, March 5, 2015).
As of March 5, 2015, the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, (Regional Administrator) has determined that 1,900 mt of pollock CDQ DFA in the Aleutian Islands subarea will not be harvested. Therefore, in accordance with § 679.20(a)(5)(iii)(B)(
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the reallocation of AI pollock. Since the pollock fishery is currently underway, it is important to immediately inform the industry as to the final Bering Sea subarea pollock allocations. Immediate notification is necessary to allow for the orderly conduct and efficient operation of this fishery; allow the industry to plan for the fishing season and avoid potential disruption to the fishing fleet as well as processors; and provide opportunity to harvest increased seasonal pollock allocations while value is optimum. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as March 5, 2015.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of public meeting; request for comments.
The Coast Guard announces a public meeting to receive comments on a notice of proposed rulemaking entitled, “Requirements for MODUs and Other Vessels Conducting Outer Continental Shelf Activities With Dynamic Positioning Systems.” The proposed regulations would establish minimum design, operation, training, and manning standards for mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs) and other vessels using dynamic positioning systems to engage in Outer Continental Shelf activities.
A public meeting will be held in New Orleans, LA, on March 31, 2015, from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. Please note that the public meeting has a limited number of seats. We request those who plan to attend to contact the meeting coordinator, Lieutenant Stephanie Waller, by phone or email listed in the
The public meeting will be held at the following location:
• Board's Administration Building, 1350 Port of New Orleans Place, New Orleans, LA, 70130. The Board's Administration Building is located at the Port of New Orleans Headquarters, which is building 3 in the map linked below. Please view the map at the following link for the exact location:
• Parking will be at local private pay-to-park facilities. The Morial Convention Center's “J” lot is one option and is about 2 blocks from the Administration Building off of Henderson Street and right across from building 4 in the map linked above, which is Mardi Gras World.
You may submit written comments identified by docket number USCG-2014-0063 before or after the meeting using any one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
To avoid duplication, please use only one of these four methods. The online docket for this rulemaking is available on the Internet at
If you have questions concerning the public meeting, on facilities or services for individuals with disabilities, or wish to request special assistance or reasonable accommodation at the public meeting, please contact Lieutenant Stephanie Waller, Human Factors and Ship Design Division (CG-ENG-1), Coast Guard,
We encourage you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting comments either orally at the meeting or in writing. If you bring written comments to the meeting, you may submit them to Coast Guard personnel specified at the meeting to receive written comments. These comments will be submitted to our online public docket. All comments received will be posted without change to
If you submit a comment using any of the methods described in the
To submit your comment online, go to
We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period and may change this notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) based on your comments.
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
Anyone can search the electronic form of comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review a Privacy Act notice regarding our public dockets in the January 17, 2008 issue of the
The Coast Guard published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the
The proposed rule would establish minimum design, operation, training, and manning standards for MODUs and other vessels using dynamic positioning systems to engage in Outer Continental Shelf activities. Establishing these minimum standards is necessary to improve the safety of people and property involved in such operations, and the protection of the environment in which they operate. The rule would decrease the risk of a loss of position by a dynamically-positioned MODU or other vessel that could result in a fire, explosion, or subsea spill, and support the Coast Guard's strategic goals of maritime safety and protection of natural resources.
We plan to record this meeting using an audio-digital recorder and to make that audio recording available through a link in our online docket. We will also provide a written summary of the meeting and comments and will place that summary in the docket.
This notice is issued under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 552(a).
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve an expansion of the ocean dredged material disposal site (ODMDS) site offshore of Jacksonville, Florida pursuant to the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act, as amended (MPRSA). The primary purpose for the site expansion is to serve the long-term need for a location to dispose of material dredged from the St. Johns River navigation channel, and to provide a location for the disposal of dredged material for persons who have received a permit for such disposal. The expanded site will be subject to ongoing monitoring and management to ensure continued protection of the marine environment.
Written comments must be received on or before April 10, 2015.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R04-OW-2014-0372, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Christopher McArthur, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, Water Protection Division, Marine Regulatory and Wetlands Enforcement Section, 61 Forsyth Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30303; phone number (404) 562-9391; email:
Persons potentially affected by this action include those who seek or might seek permits or approval to dispose of dredged material into ocean waters pursuant to the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act, as amended (MPRSA), 33 U.S.C. 1401 to 1445. The EPA's proposed action would be relevant to persons, including organizations and government bodies seeking to dispose of dredged material in ocean waters offshore of Jacksonville, Florida. Currently, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) would be most affected by this action. Potentially affected categories and persons include:
This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding persons likely to be affected by this action. For any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular person, please refer to the contact person listed in the preceding
The existing Jacksonville ODMDS is located approximately 5 nautical miles (nmi) southeast of the mouth of the St. Johns River on the continental shelf off the east coast of Florida. It is currently 1 nmi by 1 nmi (1 nmi
The USACE Jacksonville District and the EPA Region 4 have identified a need to either designate a new ODMDS or expand the existing Jacksonville ODMDS. The need for expanding current ocean disposal capacity is based on observed mounding at the Jacksonville ODMDS, future capacity modeling, historical dredging volumes, estimates of dredging volumes for future proposed projects, and limited capacity of upland confined disposal facilities (CDFs) in the area. This section discusses in detail the current and future capacity issues at the existing Jacksonville ODMDS and CDFs.
The proposed expansion of the ODMDS for dredged material does not mean that the USACE or the EPA has approved the use of the ODMDS for open water disposal of dredged material from any specific project. Before any person can dispose dredged material at the ODMDS, the EPA and the USACE must evaluate the project according to the ocean dumping regulatory criteria (40 CFR, part 227) and authorize the disposal. The EPA independently evaluates proposed dumping and has the right to restrict and/or disapprove of the actual disposal of dredged material if the EPA determines that environmental requirements under the MPRSA have not been met.
This action proposes the expansion of the ocean dredged material site offshore of Jacksonville, Florida. The location of the proposed expanded ocean dredged material disposal site is bounded by the coordinates, listed below, and shown in Figure 1. The proposed expansion of the ODMDS will allow the EPA to adaptively manage the ODMDS to maximize its capacity, minimize the potential for mounding and associated safety concerns, potentially create hard bottom habitat and minimize the potential for any long-term adverse effects to the marine environment.
The coordinates for the site are, in North American Datum 83 (NAD 83):
(A) 30°21.514′ N, 81°18.555′ W
(B) 30°21.514′ N, 81°17.422′ W
(C) 30°20.515′ N, 81°17.422′ W
(D) 30°20.515′ N, 81°17.012′ W
(E) 30°17.829′ N, 81°17.012′ W
(F) 30°17.829′ N, 81°18.555′ W
The proposed expanded ODMDS is located in approximately 28 to 61 feet of water, and is located to 4.4 nmi offshore the mouth of the St. Johns River. The proposed expanded ODMDS would be 3.7 nmi long on the west side and 2.7 nmi long on the east side. It would be 1 nmi long on the north side and 1.3 nmi wide on the south side. It would be 4.56 nmi
The proposed expanded ODMDS is expected to receive sediments dredged by the USACE to deepen and maintain the federally authorized navigation project at Jacksonville Harbor, Florida, maintain Naval Station Mayport and dredged material from other persons who have obtained a permit for the disposal of dredged material at the ODMDS. All persons using the ODMDS are required to follow a Site Management and Monitoring Plan (SMMP) for the ODMDS. The SMMP includes management and monitoring requirements to ensure that dredged materials disposed at the ODMDS are suitable for disposal in the ocean and that adverse impacts of disposal, if any, are addressed to the maximum extent practicable. The SMMP for the proposed expanded ODMDS, in addition to the aforementioned, also addresses management of the ODMDS to ensure adverse mounding does not occur, promotes habitat creation where possible and to ensure that disposal events minimize interference with other uses of ocean waters in the vicinity of the proposed expanded ODMDS. The SMMP is available as a draft document for review and comment at this time. The public is encouraged to take advantage of this opportunity to read and submit comments on the draft SMMP.
In proposing to expand the ODMDS, the EPA assessed the proposed expanded ODMDS according to the criteria of the MPRSA, with particular emphasis on the general and specific regulatory criteria of 40 CFR part 228, to determine whether the proposed site designations satisfy those criteria. The EPA's
Historical disposal of dredged material at the existing Jacksonville ODMDS has not interfered with commercial or recreational navigation, commercial fishing, or sportfishing activities. Expansion of this site is not expected to change these conditions. The proposed expanded ODMDS avoids any identified major fisheries, natural and artificial reefs, and areas of recreational use. The proposed expanded ODMDS is approximately 1 nmi east of the areas identified by commercial shrimpers as important shrimp trawling areas. The proposed expanded ODMDS minimizes interference with shellfisheries by avoiding areas frequently used by commercial shrimpers. The proposed expanded ODMDS is not expected to adversely affect recreational boating and is located outside of designated shipping/navigation channels and anchorage areas. The draft SMMP outlines site management objectives, including minimizing interference with other uses of the ocean. Should a site use conflict be identified, site use could be modified according to the SMMP to minimize that conflict.
Based on the EPA's review of modeling, monitoring data, sediment quality, and history of use, no detectable contaminant concentrations or water quality effects,
The location, size, and configuration of the proposed expanded ODMDS allow and facilitate long-term capacity, site management, and site monitoring while limiting environmental impacts to the surrounding area to the extent possible. Based on projected future new work and maintenance dredged material disposal needs, it is estimated that the new ODMDS should be approximately 4 nmi
A site management and monitoring program will be implemented to determine if disposal at the site is significantly affecting adjacent areas and to detect the presence of long-term adverse effects. At a minimum, the monitoring program will consist of bathymetric surveys, sediment grain size analysis, chemical analysis of constituents of concern in the sediments, an assessment of the health of the benthic community, and an assessment of any movement of disposed dredged material offsite. The size of the proposed expanded ODMDS is similar to that of other ocean dredged material disposal sites in the Southeastern United States. Monitoring of sites of this size have proved to be effective and feasible.
Disposal areas located off of the continental shelf would be at least 60 to 70 nautical miles offshore. This distance is well beyond the 5 to 10 nautical mile haul distance determined to be feasible by the USACE for maintenance of their Jacksonville Harbor project. Additional disadvantages to off-shelf ocean disposal would be the unknown environmental impacts of disposal on deep-sea, stable, fine-grained benthic communities and the higher cost of monitoring sites in deeper waters and further offshore.
Historic disposal has occurred at the proposed location for the expanded ODMDS. The substrate of the proposed expanded ODMDS is similar grain size to the disposal material.
The EPA does not anticipate that the geographical position of the proposed expanded ODMDS, including the depth, bottom topography and distance from the coastline, will unreasonably degrade the marine environment. The proposed expanded ODMDS is located on the shallow continental shelf off northeast Florida and is 7.1 nautical miles southeast of the mouth of the St. Johns River. Depths within the proposed expansion area of the ODMDS range from 43 to 66 feet (13 to 20 meters) with an average depth of 57 feet (17 meters). To help avoid adverse mounding at the proposed expanded ODMDS, bathymetry will be routinely monitored following disposal activities and disposal locations modified as necessary. In this way, mounding that could create a navigation hazard will be avoided. Material disposed in the proposed expanded ODMDS is not expected to move from the proposed expanded ODMDS except during large storm events.
The proposed expanded ODMDS is located within the North Atlantic right whale critical habitat. The coastal waters off Georgia and northern Florida are the only known calving ground for the North Atlantic right whale between November and April. The proposed expansion of the ODMDS is not expected to alter the critical habitat. Disposed dredged material will settle out of the water column to the benthos, which is not considered part of the critical habitat. Disturbances from ships transiting through the area would not be significantly different from normal vessel operations that occur daily in the project area, although during dredging activities there would be an increase in vessel activity in the areas between the river entrance and the proposed expanded ODMDS which may lead to an increase risk of animal collisions. Observance of critical habitat designations and the North Atlantic right whale Early Warning System should mitigate for this potential increase.
The proposed expanded ODMDS is not located in exclusive breeding, spawning, nursery, feeding or passage areas for adult or juvenile phases of living resources. The most active fish breeding and nursery areas are located in inshore estuarine waters, along adjacent beaches, or in nearshore reef areas. At and in the immediate vicinity of the proposed expanded ODMDS, spawning and migrating adult penaeid shrimp may be present. However, as much of the dredged material will consist of silts and clays, it appears likely that the area will remain suitable for penaeid shrimp.
The proposed site is approximately 4.4 nmi from coastal beaches and protected inshore waters. Shore-related amenities include Nassau River-St. Johns River Marshes Aquatic Preserve, Little Talbot Island State Park, Kingsley Plantation Historic Monument, and Fort Caroline National Memorial. These amenity areas are outside the area to be affected by disposal in the proposed expanded ODMDS. The site is approximately 4 to 5 nmi west of the nearest artificial reef or fishing hotspots.
Dredged material found suitable for ocean disposal pursuant to the regulatory criteria for dredged material, or characterized by chemical and biological testing and found suitable for disposal into ocean waters, will be the only material allowed to be disposed at the proposed expanded ODMDS. No material defined as “waste” under the
(5)
The EPA expects monitoring and surveillance at the proposed expanded ODMDS to be feasible and readily performed from ocean or regional class research vessels. The proposed expanded ODMDS is of similar size, water depth and distance from shore of a majority of the ODMDSs within the Southeastern United States which are routinely monitored. The EPA will ensure monitoring of the site for physical, biological and chemical attributes as well as for potential impacts beyond the site boundaries. Bathymetric surveys will be conducted routinely as defined in the SMMP, contaminant levels in the dredged material will be analyzed prior to dumping, and the benthic infauna and epibenthic organisms will be monitored every 10 years, as funding allows.
(6)
Waves are predominately out of the east and a few exceed 2 meters (6.6 feet) in height or 15 seconds (s) in period. Waves are the primary factor influencing re-suspension of disposed dredged material, and currents probably affect the direction and magnitude of transport. Currents flow predominately in a north-northwest and south-southeast direction and rarely exceeds 30 cm/s in magnitude. Modeling and monitoring conducted at the existing ODMDS has shown that the net direction of transport is to the south. Dilution rates due to mixing are expected to range from 140:1 to 2800:1 after four hours.
(7)
The areas within the vicinity of the Jacksonville ODMDS have been in use since 1952 for disposal of dredged material (
(8)
The proposed expanded ODMDS is not expected to interfere with shipping, fishing, recreation or other legitimate uses of the ocean. Commercial navigation, commercial fishing, and mineral extraction (sand mining) are the primary activities that may spatially overlap with disposal at the proposed expanded ODMDS. The proposed expanded ODMDS avoids the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) recommended vessel routes offshore Jacksonville, Florida, thereby avoiding conflict with commercial navigation.
Commercial fishing (shrimp trawling) occurs primarily to the west of the proposed expanded ODMDS. The northern portion of the proposed expanded ODMDS encompasses areas with rubble and other debris that commercial shrimp trawlers avoid due to potential damage to their shrimp nets. The southern portion of the proposed expanded ODMDS includes areas used for commercial shrimp trawling. The proposed expanded ODMDS will be managed such that rock will be disposed in the eastern portion of the proposed expanded ODMDS outside of the fishing area and finer grained material (silts/clays) will be disposed in the western portion. Additionally, the southern portion will only be used if the northern portion has reached capacity.
Potential sand borrow areas have been identified to the east of the proposed expanded ODMDS. The proposed expanded ODMDS will be managed to avoid impacts to these areas. Only rock and sand will be disposed in the eastern portions of the proposed expanded ODMDS providing a buffer between the disposal of silts and clays and the potential borrow areas. The nearest potential borrow areas is adjacent to the southern half of the proposed expanded ODMDS. This borrow area is expected to be exhausted prior to use of the southern portion of the proposed expanded ODMDS as the southern portion will only be used if the northern portion has reached capacity.
The likelihood of direct interference with these activities is low, provided there is close communication and coordination among users of the ocean resources. The EPA is not aware of any plans for desalination plants, or fish and shellfish culture operations near the proposed expanded ODMDS at this time. The proposed expanded ODMDS is not located in areas of special scientific importance.
(9)
Spring and fall season baseline surveys were conducted in 2010 at the proposed expanded ODMDS. Water quality was determined to be good with no evidence of degradation. No hypoxia conditions were observed and all chemical constituents were below EPA national recommended water quality criteria for salt water. Annelid worms, arthropods, echinoderms, gastropods, and bivalves are common benthic taxonomic groups. The Atlantic croaker, spotted hake, searobins, drums, and sand flounders are common fish species. Important mollusks include transverse
(10)
Nuisance species, considered as any undesirable organism not previously existing at a location, have not been observed at, or in the vicinity of, the proposed expanded ODMDS. Material expected to be disposed at the proposed expanded ODMDS will be rock, sand, silt and clay similar to the sediment present at the proposed expanded ODMDS. Finer-grained material could have the potential to attract different species to the proposed expanded ODMDS then currently exist as was documented following disposal of significant amounts of silts and clays from deepening of Naval Station Mayport. However, it is expected that over time, as currents and waves energy transport the finer-grained sediments away, the normal equilibrium benthic community will re-establish itself. The proposed SMMP includes benthic infaunal monitoring requirements, which will act to identify any nuisance species and allow the EPA to direct special studies and/or operational changes to address the issue if it arises.
(11)
No significant cultural features have been identified at, or in the vicinity of, the proposed expanded ODMDS at this time. Archaeological surveys of the proposed expanded ODMDS were conducted in 2011 and 2012. The survey identified three sub-bottom features and one magnetic cluster. Archaeological divers investigated these targets and determined that they did not represent significant cultural features of historical or prehistorical importance. The EPA has coordinated with Florida's State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) to identify any cultural features. The SHPO concurred with the EPA's determination that the proposed expansion of the ODMDS will have no effect on cultural resources listed, or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. No shipwrecks have been observed or documented within the proposed expanded ODMDS or its immediate vicinity.
Section 102 of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. 4321 to 4370f, requires Federal agencies to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for major federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. NEPA does not apply to EPA designations of ocean disposal sites under the MPRSA because the courts have exempted the EPA's actions under the MPRSA from the procedural requirements of NEPA through the functional equivalence doctrine. The EPA has, by policy, determined that the preparation of NEPA documents for certain EPA regulatory actions, including actions under the MPRSA, is appropriate. The EPA's “Notice of Policy and Procedures for Voluntary Preparation of NEPA Documents,” (Voluntary NEPA Policy), 63 FR 58045, (October 29, 1998), sets out both the policy and procedures the EPA uses when preparing such environmental review documents. The EPA's primary voluntary NEPA document for expanding the ODMDS is the
The EPA received five comment letters on the FEIS. There were two main concerns expressed in those letters: (1) Potential movement of disposed material impacting areas such as habitat, fisheries and sand borrow areas; and (2) effects on nearby recently designated loggerhead critical habitat. No objections to the ODMDS expansion were received. The proposed expanded ODMDS was sited to minimize impacts to shrimping grounds, habitat and sand borrow areas to the extent possible. The EPA and USACE have conducted computer modeling and field monitoring to evaluate sediment transport. The SMMP developed for the proposed expanded ODMDS outlines how the proposed expanded ODMDS will be monitored and managed to minimize impacts outside the boundaries of the proposed expanded ODMDS. This includes buffer zones, monitoring for sediment transport and deposition offsite and staged site use to avoid conflict with sand borrow activities. Regarding critical habitat for loggerhead sea turtles, the National Marine Fisheries Service issued the final rule on July 10, 2014 to designate critical habitat for the Northwest Atlantic Ocean Distinct Population Segment (DPS) of the loggerhead sea turtle (
The proposed action discussed in the FEIS is the permanent designation of an expanded ODMDS offshore Jacksonville, Florida. The purpose of the proposed action is to provide an environmentally acceptable option for the ocean disposal of dredged material. The need for the expanded ODMDS is based on a demonstrated USACE need for ocean disposal of dredged material from the Jacksonville Harbor Navigation Project, Naval Station Mayport, and the proposed Jacksonville Harbor Deepening Project. The need for ocean disposal for these and other projects, and the suitability of the material for ocean disposal, will be determined on a case-by-case basis as part of the USACE process of issuing permits for ocean disposal for private/federal actions and a public review process for its own actions. This will include an evaluation of disposal alternatives.
For the proposed expanded ODMDS, the USACE and the EPA would evaluate all federal dredged material disposal
The FEIS discusses the need for the proposed expanded ODMDS and examines ocean disposal site alternatives to the proposed actions. The need for expanding the current ODMDS is based on observed excessive mounding at the existing ODMDS, future capacity modeling, historical dredging volumes, estimated dredging volumes for proposed projects, and limited capacity of upland CDFs in the area. Non-ocean disposal options have been examined in the FEIS based on information provided by the USACE in the Dredged Material Management Plans for Jacksonville Harbor. There is sufficient capacity at CDFs for continued maintenance of the Jacksonville Harbor Cuts 14 through 42 for the next 20 years and nearshore placement is the preferred disposal alternative for beach-compatible material from Cuts 3 through 13. However, capacity at the CDFs is limited and may not be a viable alternative in the long term (greater than 20 years) and nearshore placement alternatives are limited to beach-quality sand and the expected quantity of beach quality sand can be minimal. Furthermore, neither of these alternatives provides capacity for disposal of material from Naval Station Mayport or the proposed Jacksonville Harbor Deepening Project.
The following ocean disposal alternatives were evaluated in the FEIS:
Alternative 2 is the designation of a new ODMDS approximately 1 nmi south of the southernmost boundary of the existing Jacksonville ODMDS. Alternative 2 had more potential impacts to sand borrow areas and was not preferred by shrimp fishing industry.
Alternative 3 is the designation of a new ODMDS approximately 6 nmi north of the northernmost boundary of the existing Jacksonville ODMDS. Alternative 3 is located in an area frequently fished by the shrimping industry. Additionally, it is in an area that historically has had a high number of recorded North Atlantic right whale visits compared to south of the St. Johns River.
Alternative sites beyond the continental shelf would be more than 60 nmi from the mouth of the St. Johns River, a distance beyond the point at which dredged material disposal is considered economically and operationally feasible. This limitation to a 5 to 10 nmi radius reflects the economic constraints on dredging and disposal operations for the Jacksonville Harbor area, particularly as they relate to increasing fuel costs, which could be as much as seven times higher if a site off the continental shelf were selected. Regular monitoring of the site, as required by the SMMP, would also be more difficult logistically and more costly than a site located beyond the continental shelf. Based on these factors, the option of using off shelf sites for disposal of dredged material was eliminated from detailed consideration.
The No-Action Alternative means that the EPA would not designate a new or expand the existing Jacksonville ODMDS. Dredged material that would normally have gone to the Jacksonville ODMDS may have to go to the Fernandina Beach ODMDS once the Jacksonville ODMDS reaches capacity. There are several concerns associated with using the Fernandina Beach ODMDS for disposal of dredged material from the Jacksonville Harbor area, including: (1) Adverse impacts to dredging projects from the Fernandina Beach, Florida area due to reduced capacity at the Fernandina Beach ODMDS; (2) increased costs associated with additional fuel consumption; (3) increased air emissions associated; and (4) increased risk of vessel strikes with the North Atlantic right whale. The No Action Alternative does not meet the proposed action's purpose and need. However, it was evaluated in the FEIS as a basis to compare the effects of the other alternatives considered.
The preferred alternative is the proposed expansion of the existing Jacksonville ODMDS. Under this alternative, an additional 3.56 nmi
The FEIS presents the information needed to evaluate the suitability of ocean disposal areas for final designation use and is based on a series of disposal site environmental studies. The environmental studies and final designation are being conducted in accordance with the requirements of MPRSA, the Ocean Dumping Regulations, and other applicable Federal environmental legislation. The site coordinates have been adjusted slightly from those presented in the FEIS to align site corners with lines of longitude and latitude. Differences differ by no more than 100 feet and do not affect the conclusions and information presented in the FEIS.
The EPA prepared an essential fish habitat (EFH) assessment pursuant to Section 305(b), 16 U.S.C. 1855(b)(2), of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, as amended (MSA), 16 U.S.C. 1801 to 1891d, and submitted that assessment to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) on May 11, 2012. The NMFS provided EFH Conservation Recommendations and a request for additional information on July 11, 2012. The EPA prepared an interim response with the requested additional information on August 2, 2012 and a revised EFH Assessment for the preferred alternative on October 6, 2014. In a letter dated January 5, 2015, NMFS determined that the EPA and the USACE have provided the substantive justification required by 50 CFR
Pursuant to an Office of Water policy memorandum dated October 23, 1989, the EPA has evaluated the proposed site designations for consistency with the State of Florida's (the State) approved coastal management program. The EPA has determined that the designation of the proposed site is consistent to the maximum extent practicable with the State coastal management program, and submitted this determination to the State for review in accordance with the EPA policy. The State concurred with this determination on November 17, 2014. In addition, as part of the NEPA process, the EPA has consulted with the State regarding the effects of the dumping at the proposed site on the State's coastal zone. The EPA has taken the State's comments into account in preparing the FEIS for the site, in determining whether the proposed site should be designated, and in determining whether restrictions or limitations should be placed on the use of the site, if they are designated. The EPA modified Alternative 1 to address the State's concern regarding potential impacts to hard bottom benthic habitat and has incorporated management and monitoring requirements into the SMMP to ensure that disposed dredged materials do not negatively affect important benthic resources and sand borrow areas located outside of the designated ODMDS boundaries. Furthermore, at the request of the State, the EPA has conducted an evaluation of recently designated critical habitat for the loggerhead sea turtle.
The Endangered Species Act, as amended (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531 to 1544, requires Federal agencies to consult with NMFS and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) to ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by the Federal agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered species or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of any critical habitat. The EPA prepared a Biological Assessment (BA) to assess the potential effects of expanding the Jacksonville ODMDS on aquatic and wildlife species and submitted that BA to the NMFS and USFWS on October 6, 2014. A supplement to the BA addressing loggerhead critical habitat was submitted on January 15, 2015. The EPA concluded that its action may affect, but is not likely to adversely affect 10 ESA-listed species and is not likely to adversely affect designated critical habitat for the North Atlantic right whale or the loggerhead sea turtle. The USFWS concurred on the EPA's finding that the proposed action is not likely to adversely affect listed endangered or threatened species under the jurisdiction of the USFWS. The EPA will not take final action on the proposed site until consultation with NMFS under the ESA is complete.
The USACE and the EPA initiated consultation with the State of Florida's Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) on November 24, 2010, to address the National Historic Preservation Act, as amended (NHPA), 16 U.S.C. 470 to 470a-2, which requires Federal agencies to take into account the effect of their actions on districts, sites, buildings, structures, or objects, included in, or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP). A submerged cultural resource survey of the area including the use of magnetometer, side scan sonar, and sub-bottom profiler was conducted in 2011. A follow-up archaeological diver investigation was conducted in 2012. No historic properties were found within the proposed expanded ODMDS boundaries and SHPO concurred with the determination that designated the expanded ODMDS would have no effect on cultural resource listed, or eligible for listing on the NRHP.
This rule proposes the designation of an expanded ODMDS pursuant to Section 102 of the MPRSA. This proposed action complies with applicable executive orders and statutory provisions as follows:
This proposed action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and is therefore not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011).
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires Federal agencies to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. For purposes of assessing the impacts of this rule on small entities, small entity is defined as: (1) A small business defined by the Small Business Administration's size regulations at 13 CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of a city, county, town, school district, or special district with a population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field. The EPA determined that this proposed action will not have a significant economic impact on small entities because the proposed rule will only have the effect of regulating the location of site to be used for the disposal of dredged material in ocean waters. After considering the economic impacts of this proposed rule, I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This proposed action contains no Federal mandates under the provisions of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1531 to 1538, for State, local, or tribal governments or the private sector. This action imposes no new enforceable duty on any State, local or tribal governments or the private sector. Therefore, this action is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 or 205 of the UMRA. This action is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of the UMRA because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small government entities. Those entities are already subject to existing permitting requirements for the disposal of dredged material in ocean waters.
This proposed action does not have federalism implications. It does not have substantial direct effects on the
This proposed action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175 because the expansion of the Jacksonville ODMDS will not have a direct effect on Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the federal government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the federal government and Indian Tribes. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action. Although Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this proposed action the EPA consulted with tribal officials in the development of this action, particularly as the action relates to potential impacts to historic or cultural resources. The EPA specifically solicits additional comments on this proposed action from tribal officials.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern health or safety risks, such that the analysis required under Section 5-501 of the Executive Order has the potential to influence the regulation. This proposed action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not establish an environmental standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks. The proposed action concerns the expansion of the Jacksonville ODMDS and only has the effect of providing a designated location for ocean disposal of dredged material pursuant to Section 102(c) of the MPRSA. However, we welcome comments on this proposed action related to this Executive Order.
This proposed action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355) because it is not a “significant regulatory action” as defined under Executive Order 12866. However, we welcome comments on this proposed action related to this Executive Order.
Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (“NTTAA”), Public Law 104-113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272), directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (
Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629) establishes federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations in the United States. The EPA determined that this proposed rule will not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not affect the level of protection provided to human health or the environment. The EPA has assessed the overall protectiveness of expanding the Jacksonville ODMDS against the criteria established pursuant to the MPRSA to ensure that any adverse impact to the environment will be mitigated to the greatest extent practicable. We welcome comments on this proposed action related to this Executive Order.
Environmental protection, Water pollution control.
This action is issued under the authority of Section 102 of the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1401, 1411, 1412.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, The EPA proposes to amend chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.
(h) * * *
(9) * * *
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(vi)
(B) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan (SMMP);
(C) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Receipt of a complete petition; extension of public comment period.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is announcing that the period for providing public comments on the February 6, 2015, receipt of a complete petition document titled “Petition To Add n-Propyl Bromide to the List of Hazardous Air Pollutants” is being extended by 60 days.
The public comment period for the receipt of a complete petition document published in the
Written comments on the receipt of a complete petition document may be submitted to the EPA electronically, by mail, by facsimile or through hand delivery/courier. Please refer to the
Mr. John Schaefer, Policy and Strategies Group (D205-02), Sector Policies and Programs Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; Telephone number: (919) 541-0296; Fax number (919) 541-5600; Email address:
After considering a request received to extend the public comment period, the EPA has decided to extend the public comment period for an additional 60 days. Therefore, the public comment period will end on May 7, 2015, rather than March 9, 2015. This extension will help ensure that the public has sufficient time to review the proposed rule, the supporting technical documents and data available in the docket.
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
We are giving notice of a meeting of the National Wildlife Services Advisory Committee.
The meeting will be held on March 17, 18, and 19, 2015, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day.
The meeting will be held at the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service Headquarters Building, 4700 River Road, Unit 87, Riverdale, MD 20737.
Mrs. Joanne Garrett, Director, Operational Support Staff, WS, APHIS, 4700 River Road, Unit 87, Riverdale, MD 20737; (301) 851-4009.
The National Wildlife Services Advisory Committee (the Committee) advises the Secretary of Agriculture concerning policies, program issues, and research needed to conduct the Wildlife Services (WS) program. The Committee also serves as a public forum enabling those affected by the WS program to have a voice in the program's policies.
The meeting will focus on operational and research activities. The Committee will discuss WS efforts to increase operational capacity through prioritizing research objectives. Additionally, the Committee will discuss pertinent national programs and how to increase their effectiveness, as well as ensuring WS remains an active participant in the goal of agricultural protection.
The meeting will be open to the public. However, due to time constraints, the public will not be allowed to participate in the discussions during the meeting. Written statements on meeting topics may be filed with the Committee before or after the meeting by sending them to the person listed under
This notice of meeting is given pursuant to section 10 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act.
Rural Business-Cooperative Service, USDA.
Notice.
This Notice is to invite applications for loans and grants under the Rural Economic Development Loan and Grant (REDLG) programs pursuant to 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A for fiscal year (FY) 2015. Funding to support $38.6 million in loans and $9.2 million in grants is currently available. The commitment of program dollars will be made to applicants of selected responses that have fulfilled the necessary requirements for obligation.
All applicants are responsible for any expenses incurred in developing their applications.
Application Deadline: Completed applications must be received in the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Rural Development State Office no later than 4:30 p.m. (local time) on the last business day of each month to be considered for funding in the following month in FY 2015.
Submit applications in paper format to the USDA Rural Development State Office for the State where the project is located. A list of the USDA Rural Development State Office contacts can be found at:
Kristi Kubista-Hovis at (202) 815-1589,
A.
B.
C.
D.
Loans and grants may be made to any entity that is identified by USDA Rural Development as an eligible borrower under the Rural Electrification Act of 1936, as amended (Act). In accordance with 7 CFR 4280.13, applicants that are not delinquent on any Federal debt or otherwise disqualified from participation in these programs are eligible to apply. An applicant must be eligible under 7 U.S.C. 940c. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any former Rural Utilities Service borrower that has repaid or prepaid an insured, direct or guaranteed loan under the Act, or any not-for-profit utility that is eligible to receive an insured or direct loan under such Act shall be eligible for assistance under section 313(b)(2)(B) of such Act in the same manner as a borrower under such Act. All other restrictions in this Notice will apply.
For loans, either the Ultimate Recipient or the Intermediary must provide supplemental funds for the project equal to at least 20 percent of the loan to the Intermediary. For grants, the Intermediary must establish a Revolving Loan Fund and contribute an amount equal to at least 20 percent of the Grant. The supplemental contribution must come from Intermediary's funds which may not be from other Federal Grants, unless permitted by law.
Applications will only be accepted for projects that promote rural economic development and job creation.
Applications will not be considered for funding if they do not provide sufficient information to determine eligibility or are missing required elements.
For further information, entities wishing to apply for assistance should contact the Rural Development State Office identified in this Notice to obtain copies of the application package.
Applicants are encouraged to submit grant applications through the Grants.gov Web site at:
• When you enter the Grants.gov Web site, you will find information about submitting an application electronically through the site, as well as the hours of operation. USDA Rural Development strongly recommends that you do not wait until the application deadline date to begin the application process through Grants.gov. To use Grants.gov, applicants must have a Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number which can be obtained at no cost via a toll-free request line at 1-866-705-5711 or at
• You may submit all documents electronically through the Web site, including all information typically included on the application for REDLGs and all necessary assurances and certifications.
• After electronically submitting an application through the Web site, the applicant will receive an automatic acknowledgement from Grants.gov that contains a Grants.gov tracking number.
• USDA Rural Development may request that the applicant provide original signatures on forms at a later date.
• If applicants experience technical difficulties on the closing date and are unable to meet the deadline, you may submit a paper copy of your application to your respective Rural Development State Office. Paper applications submitted to a Rural Development State Office must meet the closing date and local time deadline.
• Please note that applicants must locate the downloadable application package for this program by the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number or FedGrants Funding Opportunity Number, which can be found at
An application must contain all of the required elements. Each selection priority criterion outlined in 7 CFR 4280.42(b) must be addressed in the application. Failure to address any of the criteria will result in a zero-point score for that criterion and will impact the overall evaluation of the application. Copies of 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A, will be provided to any interested applicant making a request to a Rural Development State Office. An original copy of the application must be filed with the Rural Development State Office for the State where the Intermediary is located.
All eligible and complete applications will be evaluated and scored based on the selection criteria and weights
Rural Development is encouraging applications for projects that will support rural areas where according to the American Community Survey data by census tracts show at least 20 percent of the population is living in rural poverty. This emphasis will support Rural Development's mission of improving the quality of life for Rural Americans and commitment to directing resources to those who most need them.
The State Offices will review applications to determine if they are eligible for assistance based on requirements contained in 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. If determined eligible, your application will be submitted to the National Office. Funding of projects is subject to the Intermediary's satisfactory submission of the additional items required by that subpart and the USDA Rural Development Letter of Conditions.
Successful applicants will receive notification for funding from the Rural Development State Office. Applicants must comply with all applicable statutes and regulations before the loan/grant award can be approved. Provided the application and eligibility requirements have not changed, an application not selected will be reconsidered in three subsequent funding competitions for a total of four competitions. If an application is withdrawn, it can be resubmitted and will be evaluated as a new application.
Additional requirements that apply to Intermediary's selected for this program can be found in 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. The U.S. Department of Agriculture and the Agency are adopting the new U.S. Department of Agriculture grant regulation at 2 CFR chapter IV. This regulation incorporates the new Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations 2 CFR 200 and 2 CFR 400.1 to 400.18 for monitoring and servicing REDLG funding.
In addition to any reports required by 2 CFR 200 and 2 CFR 400.1 to 400.18, the Intermediary must provide reports as required by 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A.
For general questions about this announcement, please contact your USDA Rural Development State Office provided in the
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the information collection requirement contained in this Notice is approved by OMB under OMB Control Number 0570-0024.
This Notice has been reviewed in accordance with 7 CFR part 1940, subpart G, “Environmental Program.” Rural Development has determined that the Environmental Impact Statement is not required because the issuance of regulations and instructions, as well as amendments to them, describing administrative and financial procedures for processing, approving, and implementing the Agency's financial programs is categorically excluded in the Agency's National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) regulation found at 7 CFR part 1940.310(e)(3) of Subpart G, Environmental Program. Thus, in accordance with the NEPA of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347), Rural Development has determined that this notice does not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment; however, Rural Development will conduct individual NEPA analyses on a project-by-project basis whenever warranted.
All applicants, in accordance with 2 CFR part 25, must have a DUNS number, which can be obtained at no cost via a toll-free request line at 1-866-705-5711 or online at
The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination against its customers, employees, and applicants for employment on the bases of race, color, national origin, age, disability, sex, gender identity, religion, reprisal, and where applicable, political beliefs, marital status, familial or parental status, sexual orientation, or all or part of an individual's income is derived from any public assistance program, or protected genetic information in employment or in any program or activity conducted or funded by the Department. (Not all prohibited bases will apply to all programs and/or employment activities.)
If you wish to file a Civil Rights program complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form (PDF), found online at
Individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing, or have speech disabilities and wish to file either an EEO or program complaint may contact USDA through the Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339 or (800) 845-6136 (in Spanish).
Persons with disabilities, who wish to file a program complaint, please see information above on how to contact us by mail directly or by email. If you require alternative means of communication for program information (
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) finds that revocation
Yang Jin Chun or Minoo Hatten, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5760 or (202) 482-1690, respectively.
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(i) and (ii), the Department received notices of intent to participate in this sunset review from Diamond Sawblades Manufacturers Coalition and Husqvarna Construction Products North America (collectively, the domestic interested parties) within 15 days after the date of publication of the
The Department received adequate substantive responses to the
The merchandise subject to the order is diamond sawblades. The diamond sawblades subject to the order are currently classifiable under subheadings 8202 to 8206 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS), and may also enter under 6804.21.00. While the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description is dispositive. A full description of the scope of the order is contained in the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
All issues raised in this review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, including the likelihood of continuation or recurrence of dumping in the event of revocation and the magnitude of dumping margins likely to prevail if the order was revoked. Parties can find a complete discussion of all issues raised in this review and the corresponding recommendations in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is on file electronically
Pursuant to sections 752(c) of the Act, the Department determines that revocation of the antidumping duty order on diamond sawblades from the PRC would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping at weighted-average margins up to 164.09 percent.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a). Timely written notification of the destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
The Department is issuing and publishing the final results and notice in accordance with sections 751(c), 752(c), and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.221(c)(5)(ii).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On November 18, 2014, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published in the
Effective Date:
Dmitry Vladimirov or Minoo Hatten,
The merchandise subject to the order is SSB. The term SSB with respect to the order means articles of stainless steel in straight lengths that have been either hot-rolled, forged, turned, cold-drawn, cold-rolled or otherwise cold-finished, or ground, having a uniform solid cross section along their whole length in the shape of circles, segments of circles, ovals, rectangles (including squares), triangles, hexagons, octagons or other convex polygons. SSB includes cold-finished SSBs that are turned or ground in straight lengths, whether produced from hot-rolled bar or from straightened and cut rod or wire, and reinforcing bars that have indentations, ribs, grooves, or other deformations produced during the rolling process. Except as specified above, the term does not include stainless steel semi-finished products, cut-length flat-rolled products (
The SSB subject to the order is currently classifiable under subheadings 7222.10.00, 7222.11.00, 7222.19.00, 7222.20.00, 7222.30.00 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS).
Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of the order is dispositive.
We received a timely submission from Gerdau reporting that it did not have sales, shipments, or entries of the subject merchandise during the POR.
We invited interested parties to comment on the
As explained above, in the
After issuing the
We determine, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise in accordance with these final results of review.
We intend to issue instructions to CBP 15 days after the publication date of the final results of this review.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of this notice of final results of the administrative review, as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for Gerdau remains unchanged from the rate assigned to the company in the most recently completed review of the company; (2) for other manufacturers and exporters covered in a prior segment of the proceeding, the cash deposit rate continues to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding in which that manufacturer or exporter participated; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or the original investigation, but the manufacturer is, the cash deposit rate is the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the manufacturer of subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other manufacturers or exporters continues to be 25.77 percent, the all-others rate established in the investigation.
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order,
We are issuing and publishing these final results of administrative review and notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) finds that revocation of the countervailing duty (CVD) order on commodity matchbooks from India would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of a countervailable subsidy at the levels indicated in the final results of review section of this notice.
Jacqueline Arrowsmith, Office VII, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-5255.
On November 3, 2014, the Department initiated a sunset review of the CVD order on commodity matchbooks from India
The Department received an adequate substantive response from the domestic industry within the 30-day deadline specified in 19 CFR 351.218(d)(3)(i).
The scope of this order covers commodity matchbooks, also known as commodity book matches, paper matches or booklet matches.
Commodity matchbooks included in the scope of this order may or may not contain printing. For example, they may have no printing other than the identification of the manufacturer or importer. Commodity matchbooks may also be printed with a generic message such as “Thank You” or a generic image such as the American Flag, with store brands (
The scope of this order excludes promotional matchbooks, often referred to as “not for resale,” or “specialty advertising” matchbooks, as they do not enter into retail channels and are sold to businesses that provide hospitality, dining, drinking or entertainment services to their customers, and are given away by these businesses as promotional items. Such promotional matchbooks are distinguished by the physical characteristic of having the name and/or logo of a bar, restaurant, resort, hotel, club, café/coffee shop, grill, pub, eatery, lounge, casino, barbecue or individual establishment printed prominently on the matchbook cover. Promotional matchbook cover printing also typically includes the address and the phone number of the business or establishment being promoted.
All issues raised in this review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. The issues discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum include the likelihood of continuation or recurrence of a countervailable subsidy and the net countervailable subsidy likely to prevail if the CVD
Pursuant to sections 752(b)(1) and (3) of the Act, we determine that revocation of the CVD order on commodity matchbooks from India would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of a net countervailable subsidy at the rates listed below:
This notice also serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Timely notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective orders is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
The Department is issuing and publishing these final results and this notice in accordance with sections 751(c), 752(b), and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On November 3, 2014, the Department of Commerce (the Department) initiated a sunset review of the antidumping duty order on commodity matchbooks from India pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).
David Crespo at (202) 482-3693, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street & Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On November 3, 2014, the Department published the notice of initiation of the first sunset review of the antidumping duty order on commodity matchbooks from India pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act.
The Department received a notice of intent to participate from D.D. Bean & Sons Co. (D.D. Bean), a domestic interested party, within the deadline specified in 19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(i). The company claimed interested party status under section 771(9)(C) of the Act as a producer of a domestic like product in the United States.
The Department received a complete substantive response to the notice of initiation from D.D. Bean within the 30-day deadline specified in 19 CFR 351.218(d)(3)(i). We received no substantive responses from respondent interested parties with respect to the order covered by this sunset review, nor was a hearing requested. As a result, pursuant to section 751(c)(3)(B) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(e)(1)(ii)(C)(2), the Department conducted an expedited (120-day) sunset review of the antidumping duty order on commodity matchbooks from India.
The merchandise covered by this order is commodity matchbooks, also known as commodity book matches, paper matches or booklet matches.
Commodity matchbooks included in the scope of this order may or may not contain printing. For example, they may have no printing other than the identification of the manufacturer or importer. Commodity matchbooks may also be printed with a generic message such as “
All matchbooks, including commodity matchbooks, typically comply with the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) Safety Standard for Matchbooks, codified at 16 CFR 1202.1
The scope of this order excludes promotional matchbooks, often referred to as “not for resale,” or “specialty advertising” matchbooks, as they do not enter into retail channels and are sold
The merchandise subject to this order is properly classified under subheading 3605.00.0060 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Subject merchandise may also enter under subheading 3605.00.0030 of the HTSUS. Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of the order is dispositive.
All issues raised in this review are addressed in the “Decision Memorandum for the Expedited First Sunset Review of the Antidumping Duty Order on Commodity Matchbooks from India” from Christian Marsh, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations, to Paul Piquado, Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance (March 3, 2015) (Decision Memo), which is hereby adopted by this notice. The issues discussed in the Decision Memo include the likelihood of continuation or recurrence of dumping and the magnitude of the margin of dumping likely to prevail if the order were revoked. The Decision Memo is a public document and is on file electronically
Pursuant to section 752(c) of the Act, the Department determines that revocation of the antidumping duty order on commodity matchbooks from India would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping, and that the magnitude of the margins of dumping that are likely to prevail are up to 66.07 percent.
This notice serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective orders, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(c), 752(c), and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.221(c)(5)(ii).
On November 3, 2014, the South Carolina State Ports Authority, grantee of FTZ 21, submitted a notification of proposed export production activity to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board on behalf of Crescent Dairy and Beverages, within FTZ 21, in Walterboro, South Carolina.
The notification was processed in accordance with the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR part 400), including notice in the
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce; Office of Insular Affairs, Department of the Interior.
Notice.
This action allocates calendar year 2015 duty exemptions for watch assembly producers (“program producers”) located in the United States Virgin Islands (“USVI”) pursuant to Public Law 97-446, as amended by
Supriya Kumar, Subsidies Enforcement Office; phone number: (202) 482-3530; fax number: (202) 501-7952; and email address:
Pursuant to the Act, the Departments of the Interior and Commerce (“the Departments”) share responsibility for the allocation of duty exemptions among program producers in the United States territories of Guam, American Samoa and the Northern Mariana Islands.
In accordance with Section 303.3(a) of the regulations (15 CFR 303.3(a)), the total quantity of duty-free insular watches and watch movements for calendar year 2013 is 1,866,000 units for the USVI. This amount was established in
The criteria for the calculation of the calendar year 2015 duty-exemption allocations among program producers within a particular territory are set forth in Section 303.14 of the regulations (15 CFR 303.14). The Departments have verified and, where appropriate, adjusted the data submitted in application form ITA-334P by USVI program producers and have inspected these producers' operations in accordance with Section 303.5 of the regulations (15 CFR 303.5).
In calendar year 2014, USVI program producers shipped 76,809 watches and watch movements into the customs territory of the United States under the Act. The dollar amount of corporate income taxes paid by USVI program producers during calendar year 2014, and the creditable wages and benefits paid by these producers during calendar year 2014 to residents of the territory was a combined total of $ 1,605,981. The calendar year 2015 USVI annual duty exemption allocations, based on the data verified by the Departments, are as follows:
The balance of the units allocated to the USVI is available for new entrants into the program or existing program producers who request a supplement to their allocation.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) is conducting an administrative review of the countervailing duty (CVD) order on large residential washers from the Republic of Korea (Korea). The period of review (POR) is June 5, 2012, through December 31, 2013. We preliminarily determine that Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (Samsung) and Daewoo Electronics Corporation (Daewoo) received countervailable subsidies during the POR. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results.
Justin Neuman, Office VII, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0486.
The products covered by the order are all large residential washers and certain subassemblies thereof from Korea. The products are currently classifiable under subheadings 8450.20.0040 and 8450.20.0080 of the Harmonized Tariff System of the United States (HTSUS). Products subject to this order may also enter under HTSUS subheadings 8450.11.0040, 8450.11.0080, 8450.90.2000, and 8450.90.6000. Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the merchandise subject to this scope is dispositive.
The Department is conducting this CVD review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). For each of the subsidy programs found countervailable, we determine that there is a subsidy,
As a result of this review, we preliminarily determine the countervailable subsidy rates for the mandatory respondents to be:
The Department intends to disclose to interested parties the calculations performed in connection with this preliminary determination within five days of publication of this notice in the
Interested parties who wish to request a hearing, or to participate if one is requested, must do so within 30 days of publication of these preliminary results by submitting a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, using Enforcement and Compliance's ACCESS system.
Unless the deadline is extended pursuant to section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act, we intend to issue the final results of this administrative review, including the results of our analysis of the issues raised by the parties in their comments, within 120 days after issuance of these preliminary results.
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.221(b)(4)(i), we assigned a subsidy rate for each producer/exporter subject to this administrative review. Upon issuance of the final results, the Department shall determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, CVDs on all appropriate entries covered by this review. We intend to issue instructions to CBP 15 days after publication of the final results of review.
Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act, the Department also intends to instruct CBP to collect cash deposits of estimated CVDs, in the amounts shown above for each of the respective companies shown above, on shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of the final results of this review. For all non-reviewed firms, we will instruct CBP to continue to collect cash deposits at the most-recent company-specific or all-others rate applicable to the company, as appropriate. These cash deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.
These preliminary results are issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
As a result of this sunset review, the Department of Commerce (the “Department”) finds that revocation of the countervailing duty (“CVD”) order on prestressed concrete steel wire strand (“PC Strand”) from India would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of a countervailable subsidy at the level indicated in the “Final Results of Review” section of this notice.
Mandy Mallott, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6430.
On November 3, 2014, the Department initiated the second sunset review of the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.218(e)(1)(ii)(C)(2) and section 751(c)(3)(B) of the Act, when there are inadequate responses from respondent interested parties, the Department will conduct an expedited sunset review and, not later than 120 days after the date of publication in the
The merchandise subject to this order is prestressed concrete steel wire (“PC strand”), which is steel strand produced from wire of non-stainless, non-galvanized steel, which is suitable for use in prestressed concrete (both pre-tensioned and post-tensioned) applications. The product definition encompasses covered and uncovered strand and all types, grades, and diameters of PC strand.
The merchandise under this order is currently classifiable under subheadings 7312.10.3010 and 7312.10.3012 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”). Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the merchandise under investigation is dispositive.
All issues raised in this review are addressed in the accompanying Issues and Decision Memorandum (“IDM”), which is hereby adopted by this notice.
Pursuant to sections 752(b)(1) and (3) of the Act, the Department determines that revocation of the
This notice serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (“APO”) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Timely notification of return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
We are issuing and publishing the results and notice in accordance with sections 751(c), 752, and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On December 19, 2014, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published the preliminary results of the administrative review of the antidumping duty order on stainless steel bar (SSB) from Brazil.
Catherine Cartsos or Minoo Hatten, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1757, and (202) 482-1690, respectively.
On December 19, 2014, the Department published the
The merchandise subject to the order is SSB. The term SSB with respect to the order means articles of stainless steel in straight lengths that have been either hot-rolled, forged, turned, cold-drawn, cold-rolled or otherwise cold-finished, or ground, having a uniform solid cross section along their whole length in the shape of circles, segments of circles, ovals, rectangles (including squares), triangles, hexagons, octagons or other convex polygons. SSB includes cold-finished SSBs that are turned or ground in straight lengths, whether produced from hot-rolled bar or from straightened and cut rod or wire, and reinforcing bars that have indentations, ribs, grooves, or other deformations produced during the rolling process. Except as specified above, the term does not include stainless steel semi-finished products, cut-length flat-rolled products (
The Department made no changes to its calculations announced in the
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.212 and the
Consistent with the Department's refinement to its assessment practice, for entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by Villares for which it did not know that the merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate un-reviewed entries at the all-others rate if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
We intend to issue instructions to CBP 15 days after publication of the final results of this review.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the notice of final results of administrative review for all shipments of SSB from Brazil entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication as provided by section 751(a)(2) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for Villares will be 0.00 percent, the weighted average dumping margin established in the final results of this administrative review; (2) for other manufacturers and exporters covered in a prior segment of the proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding in which that manufacturer or exporter participated; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or the original investigation, but the manufacturer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the manufacturer of subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other manufacturers or exporters will continue to be 19.43 percent, the all-others rate established in the less than fair value investigation.
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; availability of draft environmental assessment and request for comment.
Notice is hereby given that NMFS has prepared a draft Environmental Assessment under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of the potential effects of the continued operation of four hatchery programs in the Sandy River Basin of Oregon. The Hatchery and Genetic Management Plans (HGMPs) for those programs were prepared and submitted by the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife (ODFW). All comments and other information received will become part of the public record and will be available for review.
Comments must be received at the appropriate address or fax number (see
Written comments on the application should be addressed to the NMFS Sustainable Fisheries Division, 1201 NE. Lloyd Boulevard, Suite 1100, Portland, OR 97232, or faxed to (503) 872-2737. Comments may be submitted by email. The mailbox address for providing email comments is:
Rich Turner, at phone number: (503) 736-4737, or via email:
Chinook salmon (
Chum salmon (
Coho salmon (
Steelhead (
Pacific eulachon (
ODFW has previously submitted to NMFS four HGMPs describing hatchery programs that release salmon and steelhead into the Sandy River that were found, in a September 28, 2012, determination, to comply with requirements of the ESA under limit 5 of the 4(d) Rule. These programs were designed to meet mitigation responsibilities related to impacts from development in the Sandy River and Columbia River Basins by providing hatchery fish to support fishing opportunities while minimizing potential risks to natural-origin spring Chinook salmon, coho salmon, and winter steelhead populations, consistent with Oregon's Lower Columbia River Conservation and Recovery Plan for Oregon Populations of Salmon and Steelhead, and NMFS' Recovery Plan.
Since the determination in 2012, ODFW has identified changes it wishes to make to its hatchery operations and has submitted to NMFS four revised HGMPs describing changes to the current hatchery programs. The revised HGMPs were made available for public review and comment on December 10, 2013 (78 FR 74116). The revised HGMPs were found, in an August 8, 2014, determination, to comply with requirements of the ESA under limit 5 of the 4(d) Rule. The draft environmental assessment evaluates the potential effects of approving those updated HGMPs.
NEPA requires Federal agencies to conduct an environmental analysis of their proposed actions to determine if the actions may affect the human environment. Therefore, NMFS is seeking public input on the scope of the required NEPA analysis, including the range of reasonable alternatives and associated impacts of any alternatives.
Institute of Education Sciences/National Center for Education Statistics (IES), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before April 10, 2015.
Comments submitted in response to this notice should be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Chris Boccanfuso, 202-219-1674.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education (OESE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before April 10, 2015.
Comments submitted in response to this notice should be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Andy Brake, (202) 260-0998.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Federal Student Aid, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Secretary announces deadline dates for the receipt of documents and other information from applicants and institutions participating in certain Federal student aid programs authorized under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), for the 2015-2016 award year. The Federal student aid programs covered by this deadline date notice are the Pell Grant, Direct Loan, TEACH Grant, and Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant programs.
These programs, administered by the U.S. Department of Education (Department), provide financial assistance to students attending eligible postsecondary educational institutions to help them pay their educational costs.
Table A provides information and deadline dates for receipt of the FAFSA, corrections to and signatures for the FAFSA, ISIRs, and SARs, and verification documents.
The deadline date for the receipt of a FAFSA by the Department's Central Processing System is June 30, 2016, regardless of the method that the applicant uses to submit the FAFSA. The deadline date for the receipt of a signature page for the FAFSA (if required), correction, notice of change of address or school, or request for a duplicate SAR is September 17, 2016.
For all Federal student aid programs, an ISIR or SAR for the student must be received by the institution no later than the student's last date of enrollment for the 2015-2016 award year or September 26, 2016, whichever is earlier. As a reminder, a FAFSA must be submitted for the dependent student for whom a parent is applying for a Direct PLUS Loan.
Verification documents must be received by the institution no later than 120 days after the student's last date of enrollment for the 2015-2016 award year or September 26, 2016, whichever is earlier.
For all Federal student aid programs except for (1) Direct PLUS Loans that will be made to parent borrowers, and (2) Direct Unsubsidized Loans that will be made to dependent students who have been determined by the institution, pursuant to section 479A(a) of the HEA, to be eligible for such a loan without providing parental information on the FAFSA, the ISIR or SAR must have an official expected family contribution (EFC) and must be received by the institution no later than the earlier of the student's last date of enrollment for the 2015-2016 award year or September 26, 2016.
For a student who is requesting aid through the Pell Grant, FSEOG, FWS, and Federal Perkins Loan programs or for a student requesting Direct Subsidized Loans, who does not meet the conditions for a late disbursement under 34 CFR 668.164(g), a valid ISIR or valid SAR must be received no later than the student's last date of enrollment for the 2015-2016 award year or September 26, 2016, whichever is earlier.
In accordance with 34 CFR 668.164(g)(4)(i), an institution may not make a late disbursement of title IV student assistance funds later than 180 days after the date of the institution's determination that the student was no longer enrolled. Table A provides that, to make a late disbursement of title IV student assistance funds, an institution must receive a valid ISIR or valid SAR no later than 180 days after its determination that the student was no longer enrolled, but not later than September 26, 2016.
Table B provides the earliest dates for institutions to submit Pell Grant, Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant, Direct Loan, and TEACH Grant disbursement records to the Department's Common Origination and Disbursement (COD) System and deadline dates for an institution's request for administrative relief if it cannot meet the established deadline for specified reasons.
An institution must submit Pell Grant, Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant, Direct Loan, and TEACH Grant disbursement records, as applicable, no later than 15 days after making the disbursement or becoming aware of the need to adjust a student's previously reported disbursement. In accordance with 34 CFR 668.164(a), title IV funds are disbursed on the date that the institution: (a) Credits those funds to a student's account in the institution's general ledger or any subledger of the general ledger; or (b) pays those funds to a student directly. Title IV funds are disbursed even if an institution uses its own funds in advance of receiving program funds from the Secretary.
An institution's failure to submit disbursement records within the required timeframe may result in the Secretary rejecting all or part of the reported disbursement. Such failure may also result in an audit or program review finding or the initiation of an adverse action, such as a fine or other penalty for such failure, in accordance with subpart G of the General Provisions regulations in 34 CFR part 668.
We publish a detailed discussion of the Federal student aid application process in the 2015-2016
Additional information on the institutional reporting requirements for the Pell Grant, Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant, Direct Loan, and TEACH Grant programs is included in the 2015-2016
You may access these publications by selecting the “iLibrary” link at the Information for Financial Aid Professionals Web site at:
(1) Student Assistance General Provisions, 34 CFR part 668.
(2) Federal Pell Grant Program, 34 CFR part 690.
(3) William D. Ford Direct Loan Program, 34 CFR part 685.
(4) Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education Grant Program, 34 CFR part 686.
Ian Foss, U.S. Department of Education, Federal Student Aid, 830 First Street NE., Union Center Plaza, Room 113H2, Washington, DC 20202-5345. Telephone: (202) 377-3681 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
20 U.S.C. 1070a, 1070a-1, 1070b-1070b-4, 1070g, 1070h, 1087a-1087j, and 1087aa-1087ii; 42 U.S.C. 2751-2756b.
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding, of Live Oak Limited's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate schedule, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability is March 24, 2015.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding(s) are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding, of Chalk Cliff Limited's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate schedule, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability is March 24, 2015.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding(s) are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Office of Science, Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a meeting of the DOE/NSF High Energy Physics Advisory Panel (HEPAP). The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of these meetings be announced in the
Washington Marriott Wardman Park, 2660 Woodley Road NW., Washington, DC 20008
John Kogut, Executive Secretary; High Energy Physics Advisory Panel (HEPAP); U.S. Department of Energy; SC-25/Germantown Building, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-1290; Telephone: (301) 903-1298.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a meeting of the National Coal Council (NCC). The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of these meetings be announced in the
Wednesday, April 8, 2015 9:00 a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
Grand Hyatt Hotel, 1000 H Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001
Dr. Robert J. Wright, U.S. Department of Energy, 4G-036/Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0001; Telephone: 202-586-0429.
Tentative Agenda:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding, of Bear Mountain Limited's application for
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability is March 24, 2015.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding(s) are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding, of McKittrick Limited's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate schedule, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability is March 24, 2015.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding(s) are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
As announced in the Notice of Technical Conferences issued on December 9, 2014
If you have not already done so, those who plan to attend the technical conference are strongly encouraged to complete the registration form located at:
The Commission will post information on the technical conference on the Calendar of Events on the Commission's Web site,
Commission conferences are accessible under section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. For accessibility accommodations, please send an email to
For more information about the technical conferences, please contact:
Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces an open meeting of the Commission to Review the Effectiveness of the National Energy Laboratories (Commission). The Commission was created pursuant section 319 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2014, Public Law 113-76, and in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended, 5 U.S.C., App. 2. This notice is provided in accordance with the Act.
Tuesday, March 24, 2015 10:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m.
Hilton at Mark Center, Laurel Conference Room, 5000 Seminary Road, Alexandria, VA 22311.
Karen Gibson, Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585; telephone (202) 586-3787; email
Those not able to attend the meeting or who have insufficient time to address the committee are invited to send a written statement to Karen Gibson, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington DC 20585, or to email
Southeastern Power Administration (Southeastern), DOE.
Notice of public hearing and opportunities for review and comment.
Southeastern will host a public information and comment forum to discuss its proposal to replace existing schedules of rates and charges applicable for the sale of power from the Kerr-Philpott System effective for a five-year period from October 1, 2015, through September 30, 2020. Southeastern will evaluate all comments received in this process.
Written comments are due on or before June 9, 2015. A public information and comment forum will be held in Boydton, Virginia, at 10:00 a.m. on April 21, 2015. Persons desiring to speak at the forum should notify Southeastern at least seven (7) days before the forum is scheduled so that a list of forum participants can be prepared. Others present at the forum may speak if time permits. Persons desiring to attend the forum should notify Southeastern at least seven (7) days before the forum is scheduled. Unless Southeastern has been notified by the close of business on April 14, 2015, that at least one person intends to be present at the forum, the forum may be canceled.
Written comments should be submitted to: Kenneth E. Legg, Administrator, Southeastern Power Administration, Department of Energy, Elberton, GA 30635. The public comment forum will meet at the John H. Kerr Visitor Assistance Center, 1930 Mays Chapel Road, Boydton, Virginia, 23917; Phone: (434) 738-6633.
Virgil G. Hobbs III, Assistant Administrator, Finance and Marketing, Southeastern Power Administration, Department of Energy, 1166 Athens Tech Road, Elberton, GA 30635-6711, (706) 213-3800; Email:
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC), by order issued March 11, 2011, 134 FERC ¶ 62,233, confirmed and approved Rate Schedules VA-1-B, VA-2-B, VA-3-B, VA-4-B, CP&L-1-B, CP&L-2-B, CP&L-3-B, CP&L-4-B, AP-1-B, AP-2-B, AP-3-B, AP-4-B, NC-1-B, and Replacement-2-A, for the period October 1, 2010, through September 30, 2015. A repayment study prepared in January of 2015 showed that existing rates are adequate to recover all costs required by present repayment criteria. However, approval of the existing rate schedules expires September 30, 2015.
The existing rate schedules include two true-up mechanisms. First, the base capacity and base energy charge are subject to annual adjustment on April 1 of each year based on transfers to plant in service for the preceding fiscal year. The adjustment is for each increase of $1,000,000 to plant in service and increase of $0.013 per kilowatt per month added to the capacity charge and 0.052 mills per kilowatt-hour added to the energy charge. Second, the rates include a true-up of the capacity and energy rates based on the variance of the actual net revenue available for repayment from the planned net revenue available for repayment. The adjustment is for every $100,000 under-recovery of the planned net revenue available for repayment, the base capacity charge is increased by $0.02 per kilowatt per month, up to a maximum of $0.75 per kilowatt per month, and the base energy charge is increased by 0.10 mills per kilowatt-hour, up to a maximum of 3.0 mills per kilowatt-hour. For every $100,000 over-recovery of the planned net revenue available for repayment, the base capacity charge is reduced by $0.02 per kilowatt per month, up to a maximum of $0.75 per kilowatt per month, and the base energy charge is reduced by 0.10 mills per kilowatt-hour, up to a maximum of 3.0 mills per kilowatt-hour.
The initial base capacity charge for the current rate schedules was $3.65 per kilowatt per month. The initial base energy charge was 14.63 mills per kilowatt-hour. As of April 1, 2015, the base capacity charge has increased to $4.30 per kilowatt per month and the base energy charge has increased to 17.23 mills per kilowatt-hour because of transfers to plant in service. The true-up adjustment for net revenue available for repayment reduced the April 1, 2015 capacity charge to $4.18 per kilowatt per month and the energy charge to 16.63 mills per kilowatt-hour. The existing rates are adequate to meet repayment criteria. However, implementation of the true-ups incorporated in the rate schedules has proven to be difficult for Southeastern staff and customers to understand, and the rates have proven to be volatile. Southeastern is proposing to modify the true-up in an effort to simplify the process and stabilize the rates.
The initial base rates for capacity and energy will be as follows:
Southeastern proposes to eliminate the true-up mechanism for transfers to plant in service. The rates are based on a repayment study that projects the Kerr-Philpott System are expected to produce the following net revenue available for repayment (rounded to nearest $10,000):
The proposed rates include a true-up of the capacity and energy rates based on the cumulative net revenue available for repayment from the table above. For every $100,000 under-recovery of the planned cumulative net revenue available for repayment, Southeastern will increase the base capacity charge by $0.02 per kilowatt per month, up to a maximum of $0.75 per kilowatt per month, and increase the base energy charge by 0.10 mills per kilowatt-hour, up to a maximum of 3.0 mills per kilowatt-hour. For every $100,000 over-recovery of the planned cumulative net revenue available for repayment, Southeastern will reduce the base capacity charge by $0.02 per kilowatt per month, up to a maximum of $0.75 per kilowatt per month, and reduce the base energy charge by 0.10 mills per kilowatt-hour, up to a maximum of 3.0 mills per kilowatt-hour, to be implemented April 1 of the next fiscal year.
The initial base rate is a revenue reduction of $1,301,000 annually, or about six percent (6%) under the base rates currently in effect.
Southeastern is proposing the following rate schedules to be effective for the period from October 1, 2015, through September 30, 2020. The capacity charge and energy charge will be the same for all rate schedules. These rate schedules are necessary to accommodate the transmission and scheduling arrangements that are available in the Kerr-Philpott System.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia and North Carolina to whom power may be transmitted and scheduled pursuant to contracts between the Government, Virginia Electric and Power Company (also known as Dominion Virginia Power [DVP]), and DVP's Transmission Operator, currently PJM Interconnection, LLC (PJM).
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia and North Carolina to whom power may be transmitted pursuant to contracts between the Government, DVP, and PJM. The customer is responsible for providing a scheduling arrangement with the Government.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia and North Carolina to whom power may be scheduled pursuant to contracts between the Government, DVP, and PJM. The customer is responsible for providing a transmission arrangement.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in the service area of DVP and PJM. The customer is responsible for providing a scheduling arrangement with the Government and for providing a transmission arrangement.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in North Carolina to whom power may be transmitted and scheduled pursuant to contracts between the Government and Duke Energy Progress (as successor of Carolina Power & Light).
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in North Carolina to whom power may be transmitted pursuant to contracts between the Government and Duke Energy Progress (as successor of Carolina Power & Light). The customer is responsible for providing a scheduling arrangement with the Government.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in North Carolina to whom power may be scheduled pursuant to contracts between the Government and Duke Energy Progress (as successor of Carolina Power & Light). The customer is responsible for providing a transmission arrangement.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in the service area of Duke Energy Progress. The customer is responsible for providing a scheduling arrangement with the Government and for providing a transmission arrangement.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia to whom power may be transmitted and scheduled pursuant to contracts between the Government, American Electric Power Service Corporation and the American Electric Power Service Corporation's Transmission Operator, currently and the PJM Interconnection, LLC (PJM).
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia to whom power may be transmitted pursuant to contracts between the Government, American Electric Power Service Corporation, and PJM. The customer is responsible for providing a scheduling arrangement with the Government.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia to whom power may be scheduled pursuant to contracts between the Government, American Electric Power Service Corporation, and PJM. The customer is responsible for providing a transmission arrangement.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in the service area of American Electric Power Service Corporation and PJM. The customer is responsible for providing a scheduling arrangement with the Government and for providing a transmission arrangement.
Available to public bodies and cooperatives in Virginia and North Carolina to whom power may be transmitted pursuant to a contract between the Government and PJM and scheduled pursuant to a contract between the Government and Duke Energy Progress (as successor of Carolina Power & Light).
This rate schedule shall be applicable to the sale energy purchased to meet contract minimum energy and sold under appropriate contracts between the Government and the Customer.
The referenced repayment studies are available for examination at 1166 Athens Tech Road, Elberton, GA 30635. Proposed Rate Schedules VA-1-C, VA-2-C, VA-3-C, VA-4-C, CP&L-1-C, CP&L-2-C, CP&L-3-C, CP&L-4-C, AP-1-C, AP-2-C, AP-3-C, AP-4-C, NC-1-B, and Replacement-2-B are also available.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces an open meeting of the Hydrogen and Fuel Cell Technical Advisory Committee (HTAC). The Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, 86 Stat. 770, requires notice of the meeting be announced in the
Westin Crystal City Hotel, 1800 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA, 22202.
Email:
10:00 a.m., Tuesday, March 17, 2015
The Richard V. Backley Hearing Room, Room 511N, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004 (enter from F Street entrance)
Open
The Commission will consider and act upon the following in open session:
Any person attending this meeting who requires special accessibility features and/or auxiliary aids, such as sign language interpreters, must inform the Commission in advance of those needs. Subject to 29 CFR 2706.150(a)(3) and 2706.160(d).
Emogene Johnson (202) 434-9935/(202) 708-9300 for TDD Relay/1-800-877-8339 for toll free.
11:00 a.m., Tuesday, March 17, 2015.
The Richard V. Backley Hearing Room, Room 511N, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004 (enter from F Street entrance).
Open.
The Commission will consider and act upon the following in open session:
Any person attending this meeting who requires special accessibility features and/or auxiliary aids, such as sign language interpreters, must inform the Commission in advance of those needs. Subject to 29 CFR 2706.150(a)(3) and 2706.160(d).
Emogene Johnson (202) 434-9935/(202) 708-9300 for TDD Relay/1-800-877-8339 for toll free.
The following Commission meeting has been cancelled. No earlier announcement of the cancellation was possible.
10:00 a.m., Thursday, March 5, 2015
The Richard V. Backley Hearing Room, Room 511N, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004 (enter from F Street entrance)
Open
The Commission will consider and act upon the following in open session:
Any person attending this meeting who requires special accessibility features and/or auxiliary aids, such as sign language interpreters, must inform the Commission in advance of those needs. Subject to 29 CFR 2706.150(a)(3) and 2706.160(d).
Emogene Johnson (202) 434-9935/(202) 708-9300 for TDD Relay/1-800-877-8339 for toll free.
Part C (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) of the Statement of Organization, Functions, and Delegations of Authority of the Department of Health and Human Services (45 FR 67772-76, dated October 14, 1980, and corrected at 45 FR 69296, October 20, 1980, as amended most recently at 80 FR 14117-1419, dated January 9, 2015) is amended to establish the Western States Division and Spokane Mining Research Division, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
Section C-B, Organization and Functions, is hereby amended as follows:
After the title and functional statement for the
After the title and functional statement for the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of a draft guidance for industry entitled “Formal Meetings Between the FDA and Sponsors or Applicants of Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) Products.” This draft guidance provides recommendations to industry on formal meetings between FDA and sponsors or applicants relating to the development and review of drug or biological products (“products”). This draft guidance revises the guidance for industry entitled “Formal Meetings Between the FDA and Sponsors or Applicants” published May 19, 2009.
Although you can comment on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)), to ensure that the Agency considers your comment on this draft guidance before it begins work on the final version of the guidance, submit either electronic or written comments on the draft guidance by June 9, 2015.
Submit written requests for single copies of the draft guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Bldg., 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, or the Office of Communication, Outreach, and Development, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 3128, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the
Submit electronic comments on the draft guidance to
Rachel E. Hartford, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 22, Rm. 6312, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-0319; or Stephen Ripley, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 7301, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-7911.
FDA is announcing the availability of a draft guidance for industry entitled “Formal Meetings Between the FDA and Sponsors or Applicants of PDUFA Products.” This draft guidance provides recommendations to industry on formal meetings between FDA and sponsors or applicants relating to the development and review of products regulated by the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research. This draft guidance does not apply to abbreviated new drug applications, applications for biosimilar biological products, or submissions for medical devices. For the purposes of this draft guidance, “formal meeting” includes any meeting that is requested by a sponsor or applicant following the request procedures provided in this guidance and includes meetings conducted in any format (
This draft guidance discusses the principles of good meeting management practices and describes standardized procedures for requesting, preparing for, scheduling, conducting, and documenting such formal meetings. The general principles in this draft guidance may be extended to other nonapplication-related meetings with external constituents, insofar as this is possible.
This draft guidance revises the guidance for industry entitled “Formal Meetings Between the FDA and Sponsors or Applicants” published May 19, 2009. This draft guidance is being
This draft guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The draft guidance, when finalized, will represent the Agency's current thinking on formal meetings between FDA and sponsors or applicants of PDUFA products. It does not create or confer any rights for or on any person and does not operate to bind FDA or the public. An alternative approach may be used if such approach satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
This draft guidance refers to previously approved collections of information that are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information referred to in the guidance entitled “Formal Meetings Between the FDA and Sponsors or Applicants” have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0429. The collections of information for Form FDA 1571 and end-of-phase 2 meetings have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0014, and collections of information for Form FDA 356h have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0338.
Interested persons may submit either electronic comments regarding this document to
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the document at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is postponing the meeting of the Arthritis Advisory Committee scheduled for March 17, 2015. The meeting was announced in the
Stephanie L. Begansky, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31, Rm. 2417, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9001, FAX: 301-847-8533, email:
The proposed information collection consists of semi-structured interviews with key State and local staff, community-based organization representatives, and adult members of two-parent TANF or likely eligible families on questions of TANF policies, service delivery, and program context, as well as focus groups with adult members of two-parent TANF or likely eligible families.
Respondents: State- and local-level TANF administrators and staff, representatives from community-based organizations, and adults from two-parent families on or likely eligible for TANF.
Administration for Community Living, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR)—Advanced Rehabilitation Research Training (ARRT) Program.
Notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2015.
Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Numbers: 84.133P-1, 84.133P-3, and 84-133P-4.
This notice invites applications for three separate competitions. See the chart in the
On July 22, 2014, President Obama signed the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA). WIOA was effective immediately. One provision of WIOA transferred the National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research (NIDRR) from the Department of Education to the Administration for Community Living (ACL) in the Department of Health and Human Services. In addition, NIDRR's name was changed to the Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR). For FY 2015, all NIDILRR priority notices will be published as ACL notices, and ACL will make all NIDILRR awards. During this transition period, however, NIDILRR will continue to review grant applications using Department of Education tools. NIDILRR will post previously-approved application kits to grants.gov, and NIDILRR applications submitted to grants.gov will be forwarded to the Department of Education's G-5 system for peer review. We are using Department of Education application kits and peer review systems during this transition year in order to provide for a smooth and orderly process for our applicants.
The purpose of NIDILRR's ARRT program, which is funded through the Disability and Rehabilitation Research Projects and Centers Program, is to provide advanced research training and experience to individuals with doctorates, or similar advanced degrees, who have clinical or other relevant experience. ARRT projects train rehabilitation researchers, including researchers with disabilities, with particular attention to research areas that support the implementation and objectives of the Rehabilitation Act, and that improve the effectiveness of services authorized under the Rehabilitation Act.
Additional information on the ARRT program can be found at:
This priority is:
The full text of this priority is included in the notice of final priorities and definitions published in the
29 U.S.C. 764(a).
Consistent with 45 CFR part 75, indirect cost reimbursement for a training grant is limited to eight percent of a modified total direct cost base, defined as total direct costs less stipends, tuition and related fees, equipment, and the amount of each subaward in excess of $25,000. Indirect costs can also be determined in the grantee's negotiated indirect cost rate agreement if that amount is less than the amount calculated under the formula above.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
2.
1.
If you request an application from Patricia Barrett, be sure to identify these competitions as follows: CFDA number 84.133P-1; 84.133P-3; or 84.133P-4.
2.
Page Limit: The application narrative (Part III of the application) is where you, the applicant, address the selection criteria that reviewers use to evaluate your application. We recommend that you limit Part III to the equivalent of no more than 75 pages, using the following standards:
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative. You are not required to double space titles, headings, footnotes, references, and captions, or text in charts, tables, figures, and graphs.
• Use a font that is either 12 point or larger or no smaller than 10 pitch (characters per inch).
• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial. An application submitted in any other font (including Times Roman or Arial Narrow) will not be accepted.
The recommended page limit applies to the project narrative section of your application, which is uploaded into Grants.gov under the “Project Narrative” heading. It does not apply to the material you will upload under the other nine required Grants.gov headings, and one optional heading for “Other Attachment Forms,” which are listed in the Application package instructions available at
Applicants should clearly indicate on the application cover sheet (SF 424 Form, line 4) whether they are applying for an ARRT program grant in the major domain of (a) community living and participation (CFDA number 84.133P-1); (b) employment (CFDA number 84.133P-3); or (c) health and function (CFDA number 84.133P-4). Although applicants may propose projects that address more than one domain, they should select the applicable competition based on the primary domain addressed in their proposed project.
Please submit an appendix that lists every collaborating organization and individual named in the application, including staff, consultants, contractors, and advisory board members. We will use this information to help us screen for conflicts of interest with our reviewers.
An applicant should consult NIDRR's Long-Range Plan for Fiscal Years 2013-2017 (78 FR 20299) when preparing its application. The Plan is organized around the following research domains: (1) Community Living and Participation; (2) Health and Function; and (3) Employment.
3.
Applications for grants under these competitions must be submitted electronically using the Grants.gov Apply site (Grants.gov). For information (including dates and times) about how to submit your application electronically, or in paper format by mail delivery if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, please refer to section IV. 7.
We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements.
Individuals with disabilities who need an accommodation or auxiliary aid in connection with the application process should contact the person listed under
4.
5.
6.
a. Have a Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number and a Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN);
b. Register both your DUNS number and TIN with the System for Award Management (SAM) (formerly the Central Contractor Registry (CCR)), the Government's primary registrant database;
c. Provide your DUNS number and TIN on your application; and
d. Maintain an active SAM registration with current information while your application is under review by the Department and, if you are awarded a grant, during the project period.
You can obtain a DUNS number from Dun and Bradstreet. A DUNS number can be created within one-to-two business days.
If you are a corporate entity, agency, institution, or organization, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an individual, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service or the Social Security Administration. If you need a new TIN, please allow two to five weeks for your TIN to become active.
The SAM registration process can take approximately seven business days, but may take upwards of several weeks, depending on the completeness and accuracy of the data entered into the SAM database by an entity. Thus, if you think you might want to apply for Federal financial assistance under a program administered by the Department, please allow sufficient time to obtain and register your DUNS number and TIN. We strongly recommend that you register early.
Once your SAM registration is active, you will need to allow 24 to 48 hours for the information to be available in Grants.gov and before you can submit an application through Grants.gov.
If you are currently registered with SAM, you may not need to make any changes. However, please make certain that the TIN associated with your DUNS number is correct. Also note that you will need to update your registration annually. This may take three or more business days.
Information about SAM is available at
In addition, to submit your application via Grants.gov, you must (1) be designated by your organization as an Authorized Organization Representative (AOR); and (2) register yourself with Grants.gov as an AOR. Details on these steps are outlined at the following Grants.gov Web page:
7.
a.
Applications for grants under the ARRT program competitions announced in this notice (CFDA Number 84.133P-1, 84.133P-3, and 84.133P-4) must be submitted electronically using the Governmentwide Grants.gov Apply site at
We will reject your application if you submit it in paper format unless, as described elsewhere in this section, you qualify for one of the exceptions to the electronic submission requirement
You may access the electronic grant application for the ARRT program, CFDA Number 84.133P-1, 84.133P-3, and 84.133P-4 competitions announced in this notice at
Please note the following:
• When you enter the Grants.gov site, you will find information about submitting an application electronically through the site, as well as the hours of operation.
• Applications received by Grants.gov are date and time stamped. Your application must be fully uploaded and submitted and must be date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system no later than 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. Except as otherwise noted in this section, we will not accept your application if it is received—that is, date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system—after 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements. When we retrieve your application from Grants.gov, we will notify you if we are rejecting your application because it was date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system after 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the wapplication deadline date.
• The amount of time it can take to upload an application will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of the application and
• You should review and follow the Education Submission Procedures for submitting an application through Grants.gov that are included in the application package for this program to ensure that you submit your application in a timely manner to the Grants.gov system. You can also find the Education Submission Procedures pertaining to Grants.gov under News and Events on the Department's G5 system home page at
• You will not receive additional point value because you submit your application in electronic format, nor will we penalize you if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, as described elsewhere in this section, and submit your application in paper format.
• You must submit all documents electronically, including all information you typically provide on the following forms: The Application for Federal Assistance (SF 424), the Department of Education Supplemental Information for SF 424, Budget Information—Non-Construction Programs (ED 524), and all necessary assurances and certifications.
• You must upload any narrative sections and all other attachments to your application as files in a PDF (Portable Document) read-only, non-modifiable format. Do not upload an interactive or fillable PDF file. If you upload a file type other than a read-only, non-modifiable PDF or submit a password-protected file, we will not review that material. Additional, detailed information on how to attach files is in the application instructions.
• Your electronic application must comply with any page-limit requirements described in this notice.
• After you electronically submit your application, you will receive from Grants.gov an automatic notification of receipt that contains a Grants.gov tracking number. (This notification indicates receipt by Grants.gov only, not receipt by the Department.) The Department then will retrieve your application from Grants.gov and send a second notification to you by email. This second notification indicates that the Department has received your application and has assigned your application a PR/Award number (an ED-specified identifying number unique to your application).
If you are prevented from electronically submitting your application on the application deadline date because of technical problems with the Grants.gov system, we will grant you an extension until 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, the following business day to enable you to transmit your application electronically. You also may mail your application by following the mailing instructions described elsewhere in this notice.
If you submit an application after 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date, please contact the person listed under
The extensions to which we refer in this section apply only to the unavailability of, or technical problems with, the Grants.gov system. We will not grant you an extension if you failed to fully register to submit your application to Grants.gov before the application deadline date and time or if the technical problem you experienced is unrelated to the Grants.gov system.
• You do not have access to the Internet; or
• You do not have the capacity to upload large documents to the Grants.gov system;
• No later than two weeks before the application deadline date (14 calendar days or, if the fourteenth calendar day before the application deadline date falls on a Federal holiday, the next business day following the Federal holiday), you mail or fax a written statement to the Department, explaining which of the two grounds for an exception prevents you from using the Internet to submit your application.
If you mail your written statement to the Department, it must be postmarked no later than two weeks before the application deadline date. If you fax your written statement to the Department, we must receive the faxed statement no later than two weeks before the application deadline date.
Address and mail or fax your statement to: Patricia Barrett, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5142, Potomac Center Plaza (PCP), Washington, DC 20202-2700. FAX: (202) 245-6211.
Your paper application must be submitted in accordance with the mail instructions described in this notice.
b.
If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you may mail (through the U.S. Postal Service or a commercial carrier) your application to the Department. You must mail the original and two copies of your application, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.133P-1; 84.133P-3; and 84.133P-4), LBJ Basement Level 1, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4260.
You must show proof of mailing consisting of one of the following:
(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark.
(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the U.S. Postal Service.
(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.
(4) Any other proof of mailing acceptable to the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
If you mail your application through the U.S. Postal Service, we do not accept either of the following as proof of mailing:
(1) A private metered postmark.
(2) A mail receipt that is not dated by the U.S. Postal Service.
If your application is postmarked after the application deadline date, we will not consider your application.
The U.S. Postal Service does not uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before relying on this method, you should check with your local post office.
If you mail your application to the Department—
(1) You must indicate on the envelope and—if not provided by the Department—in
(2) The Application Control Center will mail to you a notification of receipt of your grant application. If you do not receive this notification within 15 business days from the application deadline date, you should call the U.S. Department of Education Application Control Center at (202) 245-6288.
1.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living also requires various assurances including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Health and Human Services 45 CFR part 75.
3.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living. If you receive a multi-year award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living under 45 CFR part 75. All NIDILRR grantees will submit their annual and final reports through NIDILRR's online reporting system and as designated in the terms and conditions of your NOA. The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living may also require more frequent performance reports under 45 CFR part 75. For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
(c) FFATA and FSRS Reporting
The Federal Financial Accountability and Transparency Act (FFATA) requires data entry at the FFATA Subaward Reporting System (
For further guidance please see the following link:
NIDILRR will provide information by letter to successful grantees on how and when to submit the report.
4.
• The percentage of NIDILRR-supported fellows, post-doctoral trainees, and doctoral students who publish results of NIDILRR-sponsored research in refereed journals.
• The average number of publications per award based on NIDILRR-funded research and development activities in refereed journals.
For these reviews, NIDILRR uses information submitted by grantees as part of its Annual Performance Reports.
5.
Patricia Barrett, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5142, PCP, Washington, DC 20202-2700. Telephone: (202) 245-6211 or by email:
If you use a TDD or a TTY call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
60-Day Notice and request for comments; Extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Vessel of Entrance or Clearance Statement (CBP Form 1300). CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with no change to the burden hours or to the information collected. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments should be received on or before May 11, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Attn: Tracey Denning, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177.
Requests for additional information should be directed to Tracey Denning, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177, at 202-325-0265.
CBP invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3507). The comments should address: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimates of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden including the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology; and (e) the annual cost burden to respondents or record keepers from the collection of information (total capital/startup costs and operations and maintenance costs). The comments that are submitted will be summarized and included in the CBP request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. In this document, CBP is soliciting comments concerning the following information collection:
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
30-Day notice and request for comments; extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Free Trade Agreements. This is a proposed extension of an information collection that was previously approved. CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with a change to the burden hours, but no changes to the information collected. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments should be received on or before April 10, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on this proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the OMB Desk Officer for Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security, and sent via electronic mail to
Requests for additional information should be directed to Tracey Denning, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE.,
This proposed information collection was previously published in the
The U.S. has entered into the following Free Trade Agreements: United States-Chile Free Trade Agreement (US-CFTA) (Pub. L. 108-77); the Republic of Singapore (Pub. L. 108-78, 117 Stat. 948, 19 U.S.C. 3805 note); Australia (Pub. L. 108-286); Morocco (Pub. L. 108-302); Jordan (Pub. L. 107-43); Bahrain (Pub. L. 109-169); Oman (Pub. L. 109-283); Peru (Pub. L. 110-138, 121 Stat. 1455); Korea (Pub. L. 112-41); Colombia (Pub. L. 112-42, 125 Stat. 462); Panama (Pub. L. 112-43); and Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Nicaragua (CAFTA-DR) (Pub. L. 109-53, 119 Stat. 462).
These free trade agreements involve collection of data elements such as information about the importer and exporter of the goods, a description of the goods, tariff classification number, and the preference criterion in the Rules of Origin. Respondents can obtain information on how to make claims under these Free Trade Agreements by going to
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
60-Day notice and request for comments; Extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Entry and Manifest of Merchandise Free of Duty, Carrier's Certificate and Release (CBP Form 7523). CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with no change to the burden hours or to the information collected. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments should be received on or before May 11, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Attn: Tracey Denning, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177.
Requests for additional information should be directed to Tracey Denning, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177, at 202-325-0265.
CBP invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3507). The comments should address: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimates of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d)
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
60-Day notice and request for comments; Extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Guarantee of Payment (CBP Form I-510). CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with no change to the burden hours or to the information collected. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments should be received on or before May 11, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Attn: Tracey Denning, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177.
Requests for additional information should be directed to Tracey Denning, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177, at 202-325-0265.
CBP invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3507). The comments should address: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimates of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden including the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology; and (e) the annual cost burden to respondents or record keepers from the collection of information (total capital/startup costs and operations and maintenance costs). The comments that are submitted will be summarized and included in the CBP request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. In this document, CBP is soliciting comments concerning the following information collection:
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
NASDAQ proposes to list and trade shares of the WisdomTree Western Unconstrained Bond Fund (the “Fund”) of the WisdomTree Trust (the “Trust”) under NASDAQ Rule 5735 (“Managed Fund Shares”).
In its filing with the Commission, NASDAQ included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. NASDAQ has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to list and trade Shares of the Fund under NASDAQ Rule 5735, which governs the listing and trading of Managed Fund Shares on the Exchange.
WisdomTree Asset Management, Inc. (“WisdomTree Asset Management”) will be the investment adviser (“Adviser”) to the Fund.
Paragraph (g) of Rule 5735 provides that, if the investment adviser to the investment company issuing Managed Fund Shares is affiliated with a broker-dealer, such investment adviser shall erect a “fire wall” between the investment adviser and the broker-dealer with respect to access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to such investment company portfolio.
The Fund seeks to provide a high level of total return consisting of both income and capital appreciation. The Fund intends to achieve its investment objective through direct and indirect investments in Debt Instruments (as defined below). For these purposes, Debt Instruments will include: (i) Fixed income securities,
• Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars or local currencies.
• Securities or other debt obligations issued by corporations or agencies that may receive financial support or backing from local government.
• Securities or other debt obligations issued by supranational organizations, such as the European Investment Bank, International Bank for Reconstructions and Development, the International Finance Corporation or other regional development banks.
• “Government securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(42) of the Act (“Government Securities”).
• Securities issued or guaranteed by non-U.S. governments, agencies and instrumentalities.
• Municipal securities (including taxable and tax-exempt municipal securities), as defined in Section 3(a)(29) of the Act.
• “Putable” bonds (bonds that give the holder the right to sell the bond to the issuer prior to the bond's maturity), when the put date is within a 24 month period; and “busted” convertible securities (a convertible security that is trading well below its conversion value minimizing the likelihood that it will ever reach its convertible price prior to maturity).
• Loan participation notes (“LPNs”).
• Zero-coupon securities and interest-only securities.
• Debt securities linked to inflation rates of the U.S. and non-U.S. countries.
• Repurchase agreements backed by Government Securities and non-U.S. government securities.
• Bank loans (including senior loans).
• Money Market Securities.
• Money market mutual funds.
• Bank loans (including senior loans).
• Mortgage-backed securities,
• Asset-backed securities (“ABSs”).
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets, in the aggregate, in privately issued mortgage backed securities and privately-issued ABSs. Debt Instruments will also include debt securities which are secured with collateral consisting of mortgage-backed securities or ABSs.
The Fund may invest in the aggregate up to 35% of its assets in the following derivatives which are also Debt Instruments:
• Credit-linked notes.
• Listed futures contracts on Debt Instruments.
• Non-deliverable forward currency contracts.
• Currency swaps.
• Interest rate swaps.
• Listed currency options.
• Listed options on futures contracts on Debt instruments.
The Fund may invest in combinations of investments that provide similar exposure to local currency debt, such as investment in U.S. dollar denominated bonds combined with forward currency positions or swaps.
The Fund will use derivative instruments primarily to hedge interest rate risk and actively manage interest rate exposure and, as described below, to hedge foreign currency risk and actively manage foreign currency exposure. The Fund may also use derivative instruments to enhance returns, as a substitute for, or to gain exposure to, a position in an underlying asset, to reduce transaction costs, to maintain full market exposure (which means to adjust the characteristics of its investments to more closely approximate those of the markets in which it invests), to manage cash flows or to preserve capital. The Fund's use of derivative instruments will be collateralized by investments in Money Market Securities and other liquid Debt Instruments.
The Fund will comply with the regulatory requirements of the Commission to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregate accounts, and make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative instruments involving obligations to third parties (
The Fund intends to provide exposure across geographic regions and countries, world-wide. The Fund intends to invest in Debt Instruments originating in the following regions/countries: North America, South America, Asia, Australia and New Zealand, Latin America, Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The Fund intends to invest primarily in developed and emerging markets countries.
The universe of Debt Instruments will include securities that are rated “investment grade” as well as “non-investment grade” (commonly referred to as `junk bonds').
Liquidity will be an important factor in the Fund's security selection process.
The Fund will be actively-managed and will not be tied to an index. The Exchange notes, however, that the Fund's investment portfolio will meet the criteria for non-actively managed, index-based, fixed income ETFs contained in NASDAQ Rule 5705(a)(4)(A).
The Fund's investments in derivative instruments will be made in accordance with the 1940 Act and consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and policies. Derivative instruments are financial contracts whose values depend upon, or are derived from, the value of any underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to, among other things, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates. Under normal market conditions, no more than 35% of the Fund's investments will be in derivative instruments (with no more than 20% of the Fund's investments in derivative instruments that are not within the definition of “Debt Instruments”). The Fund may invest in the following derivative instruments (in addition to Debt Instruments that are derivatives): listed futures contracts (other than on Debt Instruments),
As discussed above, the Fund's use of derivative instruments will be collateralized by investments in Money Market Securities and other liquid Debt Instruments.
The Fund may engage in foreign currency transactions, and may invest directly in foreign currencies in the form of bank and financial institution deposits, and certificates of deposit denominated in a specified non-U.S. currency. The Fund may enter into forward currency contracts in order to “lock in” the exchange rate between the currency it will deliver and the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract.
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in one or more of the following instruments. The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including exchange-traded products (“ETPs”), such as other ETFs.
The Fund will invest only in corporate bonds that the Adviser or Sub-Adviser deems to be sufficiently liquid.
The Fund may hold up to an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in illiquid assets (calculated at the time of investment), including Rule 144A securities deemed illiquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser.
The Fund may invest in Debt Instruments with effective or final maturities of any length. The Fund will seek to keep the average effective duration of its portfolio between -5 and 10 years under normal market conditions. Effective duration is an indication of an investment's interest rate risk or how sensitive an investment or a fund is to changes in interest rates.
The Fund intends to invest in Debt Instruments of at least 13 non-affiliated issuers. The Fund will not concentrate 25% or more of the value of its total assets (taken at market value at the time of each investment) in any one industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act (except that this restriction does not apply to obligations issued by the U.S. government or its respective agencies and instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises).
The Fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
The Fund will issue and redeem Shares on a continuous basis at net asset value (“NAV”)
Together, the Deposit Securities and/or Deposit Cash and the Cash Component (defined below) will constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. The “Cash Component” will be an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities (
To be eligible to place orders with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party,”
The Custodian, through the NSCC, will make available on each business day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange's Core Trading Session (currently 9:30 a.m. E.T.), the list of names and the required number or amount of each Deposit Security and/or the amount of the Deposit Cash, to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous business day) for the Fund. The Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of the Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities is made available.
With respect to the Fund, the Custodian, through the NSCC, will make available immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (9:30 a.m. E.T.) on each business day, the list of the names and quantities of the Fund's portfolio securities (“Fund Securities”) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form on that day. Fund Securities on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities. Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a business day.
Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will be paid either in-kind or in cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Trust. With respect to in-kind redemptions of the Fund, redemption proceeds will consist of Fund Securities as announced by the Custodian on the business day of the request for redemption received in proper form plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, as next determined after receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund
The NAV of the Fund will be calculated by the Custodian and determined at the close of the regular trading session on the NASDAQ Stock Market (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. E.T.) on each day that the Exchange is open, provided that fixed-income assets may be valued as of the announced closing time for trading in fixed-income instruments on any day that the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or the applicable exchange or market on which the Fund's investments are traded) announces an early closing time. The NAV per Share for the Fund will be computed by dividing the value of the net assets of the Fund (
In calculating the Fund's NAV per Share, the Fund's investment will generally be valued using market valuations. A market valuation generally means a valuation (i) obtained from an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer), (ii) based on a price quotation or other equivalent indication of value supplied by an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker or dealer, or (iii) based on amortized cost, for securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less. The Adviser may use various Pricing Services or discontinue the use of any Pricing Service, as approved by the Fund's board of trustees (“Board”) from time to time. A price obtained from a Pricing Service based on such Pricing Service's valuation matrix may be considered a market valuation. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar will be converted into U.S. dollars at the current market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more Pricing Service. Bank deposits held in U.S. dollars will be valued at their actual dollar amount; bank deposits held in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars and valued at their actual amounts in U.S. dollars.
According to the Adviser, debt instruments (including Money Market Securities), including without limitation, Debt Instruments, will generally be valued using prices received from independent Pricing Services as of the announced closing time for trading in fixed-income instruments in the respective market or exchange. In determining the value of a fixed-income investment, Pricing Services determine valuations for normal institutional-size trading units of such securities using valuation models or matrix pricing, which incorporates yield and/or price with respect to bonds that are considered comparable in characteristics such as rating, interest rate and maturity date and quotations from securities dealers to determine current value.
Exchange traded assets (including without limitation, equity securities, listed futures contracts, listed currency options, listed options on futures, and ETPs) will be valued at the last reported sale price or the official closing price on that exchange where the security or other instrument is primarily traded on the day that the valuation is made. Shares of money market funds (including Money Market Securities that are money market funds) will be valued at their net asset values as reported on the applicable fund's Web site or to major market vendors.
With respect to derivative instruments, if, however, neither the last sales price nor the official closing price is available, each of these derivative instruments will be valued at either the last reported sale price or official closing price as of the close of regular trading of the principal market on which the instrument is listed consistent with the primary benchmark.
Spot currencies and non-exchange-traded derivatives, including non-deliverable forward currency contracts, currency swaps, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, credit default swaps, and credit-linked notes will normally be valued on the basis of quotes obtained from brokers and dealers or Pricing Services using data reflecting the earlier closing of the principal markets for those assets. Prices from independent Pricing Services will also include prices based on valuation models or matrix pricing to determine current value. Prices obtained from independent Pricing Services typically use information provided by market makers or bond dealers or estimates of market values obtained by reference to yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics, including rating, interest rate, maturity date, option adjusted spread models, prepayment projections, interest rate spreads and yield surveys. Matrix pricing is an estimated price or value for a fixed income security. Matrix pricing is considered a form of fair value pricing, discussed below. In the event that current market valuations are not readily available or such valuations do not reflect current market value, the Trust's procedures require the Pricing Committee to determine an asset's fair value if a market price is not readily available in accordance with the 1940 Act.
Because foreign securities exchanges may be open on different days than the days during which an investor may purchase or sell Shares, the value of the
The pre-established pricing methods and valuation policies and procedures outlined above may change, subject to review and approval of the Pricing Committee and the Board, as necessary.
The Fund's Web site (
A basket composition file, which will include the security names and quantities of securities and other assets required to be delivered in exchange for Fund Shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, will be publicly disseminated prior to the opening of the Exchange via the NSCC. The basket will represent one Creation Unit of the Fund. The NAV of the Fund will normally be determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the Exchange (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. ET) on each business day. Authorized Participants may refer to the basket composition file for information regarding Debt Instruments and any other instrument that may comprise the Fund's basket on a given day.
In addition, an estimated value, defined in Rule 5735 as the “Intraday Indicative Value” (as defined in Nasdaq Rule 5753(c)(3)), that reflects an estimated intraday value of the Fund's portfolio, will be disseminated. Moreover, the Intraday Indicative Value, available on the NASDAQ OMX Information LLC proprietary index data service,
The dissemination of the Intraday Indicative Value, together with the Disclosed Portfolio, will allow investors to determine the value of the underlying portfolio of the Fund on a daily basis and to provide a close estimate of that value throughout the trading day.
Investors can also obtain Trust's Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), the Fund's Shareholder Reports, and its Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR, filed twice a year. The Trust's SAI and Shareholder Reports will be available free upon request from the Trust, and those documents and the Form N-CSR may be viewed on screen or downloaded from the Commission's Web site at
Information regarding market price and volume of the Shares will be continually available on a real-time basis throughout the day on brokers' computer screens and other electronic services. The previous day's closing price and trading volume information for the Shares will be published daily in the financial section of newspapers. Quotation and last sale information will be available via NASDAQ proprietary quote and trade services, as well as in accordance with the Unlisted Trading Privileges and the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) plans for the Shares and any underlying ETPs.
Intra-day, executable price quotations on Debt Instruments, including fixed rate, variable rate and zero coupon securities, Money Market Securities that are Debt Instruments (
Additional information regarding the Fund and the Shares, including investment strategies, risks, creation and redemption procedures, fees, Fund holdings disclosure policies, distribution and taxes will be included in the Registration Statement.
The Fund's disclosure of derivative positions in the Disclosed Portfolio will include information that market participants can use to value these positions intraday. On a daily basis, the Fund will disclose on the Fund's Web site the following information regarding each portfolio holding, as applicable to the type of holding: Ticker symbol, CUSIP number or other identifier, if any; a description of the holding (including the type of holding); the identity of the security or other asset or instrument underlying the holding, if any; for options, the option strike price; quantity held (as measured by, for example, par value, notional value or number of shares, contracts or units); maturity date, if any; coupon rate, if any; effective date, if any; market value of the holding; and the percentage weighting of the holding in the Fund's portfolio.
The Shares will be subject to Rule 5735, which sets forth the initial and continued listing criteria applicable to Managed Fund Shares. The Exchange represents that, for initial and/or continued listing, the Fund must be in compliance with Rule 10A-3
With respect to trading halts, the Exchange may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in the Shares of the Fund. NASDAQ will halt trading in the Shares under the conditions specified in NASDAQ Rules 4120 and 4121, including the trading pauses under NASDAQ Rules 4120(a)(11) and (12). Trading may be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable. These may include: (1) The extent to which trading is not occurring in the securities and/or the financial instruments comprising the Disclosed Portfolio of the Fund; or (2) whether other unusual conditions or circumstances detrimental to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market are present. Trading in the Shares also will be subject to Rule 5735(d)(2)(D), which sets forth circumstances under which Shares of the Fund may be halted.
NASDAQ deems the Shares to be equity securities, thus rendering trading in the Shares subject to NASDAQ's existing rules governing the trading of equity securities. NASDAQ will allow trading in the Shares from 4:00 a.m. until 8:00 p.m. Eastern time. The Exchange has appropriate rules to facilitate transactions in the Shares during all trading sessions. As provided in NASDAQ Rule 5735(b)(3), the minimum price variation for quoting and entry of orders in Managed Fund Shares traded on the Exchange is $0.01.
The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances, administered by both NASDAQ and also FINRA on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws.
The surveillances referred to above generally focus on detecting securities trading outside their normal patterns, which could be indicative of manipulative or other violative activity. When such situations are detected, surveillance analysis follows and investigations are opened, where appropriate, to review the behavior of all relevant parties for all relevant trading violations.
FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and the U.S and non-U.S. equity securities, ETPs, listed options, and listed futures contracts and other instruments held by the Fund with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.
The Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees.
Prior to the commencement of trading of the Shares, the Exchange will inform its members in an Information Circular of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Specifically, the Information Circular will discuss the following: (1) The procedures for purchases and redemptions of Shares in Creation Units (and that Shares are not individually redeemable); (2) NASDAQ Rule 2310, which imposes suitability obligations on NASDAQ members with respect to recommending transactions in the Shares to customers; (3) how and by whom information regarding the Intraday Indicative Value and Disclosed Portfolio are disseminated; (4) the risks involved in trading the Shares during the Pre-Market and Post-Market Sessions when an updated Intraday Indicative Value will not be calculated or publicly disseminated; (5) the requirement that members deliver a prospectus to investors purchasing newly issued Shares prior to or concurrently with the confirmation of a transaction; and (6) trading information.
In addition, the Information Circular will advise members, prior to the commencement of trading, of the prospectus delivery requirements applicable to the Fund. Members purchasing Shares from the Fund for resale to investors will deliver a prospectus to such investors. The Information Circular will also discuss any exemptive, no-action and interpretive relief granted by the Commission from any rules under the Act.
Additionally, the Information Circular will reference that the Fund is subject to various fees and expenses described in the Registration Statement. The Information Circular will also disclose the trading hours of the Shares of the Fund and the NAV Calculation Time for the Shares. The Information Circular will disclose that information about the Shares of the Fund will be publicly available on the Fund's Web site.
NASDAQ believes that the proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that the Shares will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the initial and continued listing criteria in NASDAQ Rule 5735. The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances administered by both NASDAQ and FINRA on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of the Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws. Neither the Adviser nor the Sub-Adviser is a broker-dealer or is affiliated with any broker-dealer. In the event (a) the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser becomes newly registered as a broker-dealer or affiliated with a broker-dealer, or (b) any new adviser or sub-adviser is a broker-dealer or becomes newly affiliated with a broker-dealer, as applicable, they will implement a fire wall with respect to its relevant personnel or such broker-dealer regarding access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to a portfolio, and will be subject to procedures designed to prevent the use and dissemination of material non-public information regarding such portfolio as required by paragraph (g) of NASDAQ Rule 5735. The Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and the other exchange traded securities and other instruments held by the Fund via ISG from other exchanges that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and the exchange-traded securities and other instruments held by the Fund with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG.
The Fund's investments will be consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and will not be used to enhance leverage.
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets, in the aggregate, in privately issued ABSs and privately issued mortgage-backed securities. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in credit-linked notes. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in both U.S. and non-U.S. equity securities, including ETPs. The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its net assets in debt instruments that do not fall within the meaning of “Debt Instrument.”
The Fund may hold up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities (calculated at the time of investment), including Rule 144A securities deemed illiquid by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser. Prior to the commencement of trading in the Shares of the Fund, the Exchange will inform its members in an Information Circular of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares.
The proposed rule change is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest in that the Exchange will obtain a representation from the issuer of the Shares that the NAV per Share will be calculated daily and that the NAV and the Disclosed Portfolio will be made available to all market participants at the same time. In addition, a large amount of information is publicly available regarding the Fund and the Shares, thereby promoting market transparency. Moreover, the Intraday Indicative Value, available on the NASDAQ OMX Information LLC proprietary index data service will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least every 15 seconds during the Regular Market Session. On each business day, before commencement of trading in Shares in the Regular Market Session on the Exchange, the Fund will disclose on its Web site the Disclosed Portfolio that will form the basis for the Fund's calculation of NAV at the end of the business day. Information regarding market price and trading volume of the Shares will be continually available on a real-time basis throughout the day on brokers' computer screens and other electronic services, and quotation and last sale information will be available via NASDAQ proprietary quote and trade services, as well as in accordance with the Unlisted Trading Privileges and the Consolidated Tape Association plans for the Shares and any underlying exchange-traded products. Intra-day, executable price quotations on Debt Instruments as well as derivative instruments are available from major broker-dealer firms. Intra-day price information is available through subscription services, such as Bloomberg and Thomson Reuters, which can be accessed by Authorized Participants and other investors.
Quotation and last sale information for ETFs will be available via the CTA high-speed line, and will be available from the national securities exchange on which they are listed. Pricing information for ETFs and exchange-traded derivatives and other instruments will be available from the exchanges on which they trade and from major market vendors. Pricing information for Debt Instruments, forward currency contracts, spot currencies, and debt instruments that do not fall within the meaning of “Debt Instruments,” in which the Fund may invest that are described under “Other Investments” will be available from major broker-dealer firms, major market data vendors or Pricing Services, as applicable. Money market funds are typically priced once each business day and their prices will be available through the applicable fund's Web site or major market vendors.
The Fund's Web site will include a form of prospectus for the fund and additional data relating to NAV and other applicable quantitative information. Trading in Shares of the Fund will be halted under the condition specified in Nasdaq Rules 4120 and 4121 or because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable, and trading in the Shares will be subject to Nasdaq Rule 5735(d)(2)(D), which sets forth circumstances under which Shares of the Fund may be halted. In addition, as noted above, investors will have ready access to information regarding the Fund's holdings, the Intraday Indicative Value, the Disclosed Portfolio, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The proposed rule change is designed to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that it will facilitate the listing and trading of an additional type of actively-managed exchange-traded product that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace. The Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and the other exchange traded securities and other instruments held by the Fund via ISG from other exchanges that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and the exchange-traded securities and other instruments held by the Fund with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG.
For the above reasons, NASDAQ believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change will facilitate the listing and trading of an additional actively-managed exchange-traded product that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission will hold a Closed Meeting on Thursday, March 12, 2015 at 2:00 p.m.
Commissioners, Counsel to the Commissioners, the Secretary to the Commission, and recording secretaries will attend the Closed Meeting. Certain staff members who have an interest in the matters also may be present.
The General Counsel of the Commission, or her designee, has certified that, in her opinion, one or more of the exemptions set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(3), (5), (7), 9(B) and (10) and 17 CFR 200.402(a)(3), (5), (7), 9(ii) and (10), permit consideration of the scheduled matter at the Closed Meeting.
Commissioner Gallagher, as duty officer, voted to consider the items listed for the Closed Meeting in closed session, and determined that no earlier notice thereof was possible.
The subject matter of the Closed Meeting will be:
Institution and settlement of injunctive actions;
Institution and settlement of administrative proceedings;
Resolution of litigation claims; and
Other matters relating to enforcement proceedings.
At times, changes in Commission priorities require alterations in the scheduling of meeting items.
For further information and to ascertain what, if any, matters have been added, deleted or postponed, please contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463; 5 U.S.C. App. I), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Advisory Board of the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation (SLSDC), to be held from 2:00 p.m. to 3:30 p.m. (EDT) on Monday, March 23, 2015 via conference call. The agenda for this meeting will be as follows: Opening Remarks; Consideration of Minutes of Past Meeting; Quarterly Report; Old and New Business; Closing Discussion; Adjournment.
Attendance at the meeting is open to the interested public but limited to the space available. With the approval of the Administrator, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing further information should contact, not later than Thursday, March 19, 2015, Carrie Lavigne, Chief Counsel, Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 180 Andrews Street, Massena, N.Y. 13662; 315-764-3231.
Any member of the public may present a written statement to the Advisory Board at any time.
(b) The prohibitions in subsection (a) of this section apply except to the extent provided by statutes, or in regulations, orders, directives, or licenses that may be issued pursuant to this order, and notwithstanding any contract entered into or any license or permit granted prior to the effective date of this order.
(a) the making of any contribution or provision of funds, goods, or services by, to, or for the benefit of any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to this order; and
(b) the receipt of any contribution or provision of funds, goods, or services from any such person.
(b) Any conspiracy formed to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in this order is prohibited.
(a) the term ``person'' means an individual or entity;
(b) the term ``entity'' means a partnership, association, trust, joint venture, corporation, group, subgroup, or other organization;
(c) the term ``United States person'' means any United States citizen, permanent resident alien, entity organized under the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States (including foreign branches), or any person in the United States;
(d) the term ``Government of Venezuela'' means the Government of Venezuela, any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including the Central Bank of Venezuela, and any person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, the Government of Venezuela.
1. Antonio José Benavides Torres [Commander of the Central Integral Strategic Defense Region of the National Armed Forces, former Director of Operations for the National Guard; born June 13, 1961]
2. Gustavo Enrique González López [Director General of the National Intelligence Service and President of the Strategic Center of Security and Protection of the Homeland; born November 2, 1960]
3. Justo José Noguera Pietri [President of the Venezuelan Corporation of Guayana, former General Commander of the National Guard; born March 15, 1961]
4. Katherine Nayarith Haringhton Padron [National Level Prosecutor of the 20th District Office of the Public Ministry; born December 5, 1971]
5. Manuel Eduardo Pérez Urdaneta [Director of the National Police; born May 26, 1962]
6. Manuel Gregorio Bernal Martínez [Chief of the 31st Armored Brigade of Caracas, former Director General of the National Intelligence Service; born July 12, 1965]
7. Miguel Alcides Vivas Landino [Inspector General of the National Armed Forces, former Commander of the Andes Integral Strategic Defense Region of the National Armed Forces; born July 8, 1961]
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule; reopening of comment period.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), propose to designate critical habitat for the black pinesnake (
We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before May 11, 2015. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
The coordinates or plot points or both from which the maps are generated are included in the administrative record for the proposed critical habitat designation and are available at
Stephen Ricks, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Mississippi Field Office, 6578 Dogwood View Parkway, Jackson, MS 39213; telephone: 601-321-1122; facsimile: 601-965-4340. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.
We intend that any final action resulting from this proposed rule will be based on the best scientific and commercial data available and be as accurate and as effective as possible. Therefore, we request comments or information from other concerned government agencies, the scientific community, industry, or any other interested party concerning this proposed rule. We particularly seek comments concerning:
(1) Additional information concerning the historical and current status, range, distribution, and population size of the black pinesnake, including the locations of any additional populations of this subspecies.
(2) The black pinesnake's biology, range, and population trends, including:
(a) Biological or ecological requirements of the subspecies, including habitat requirements for feeding, breeding, and sheltering;
(b) Genetics and taxonomy, including interpretations of existing studies or whether new information is available;
(c) Historical and current range, including distribution patterns;
(d) Historical and current population levels, and current and projected trends; and
(e) Past and ongoing conservation measures for the subspecies, its habitat, or both.
(3) Factors that may affect the continued existence of the subspecies, which may include habitat modification or destruction, overutilization, collection for the pet trade, disease, predation, the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms, or other natural or manmade factors.
(4) Biological, commercial trade, or other relevant data concerning any threats (or lack thereof) to this subspecies and existing regulations that may be addressing those threats.
(5) Any information concerning the appropriateness and scope of the proposed section 4(d) rule provisions for take of the black pinesnake (see the proposed listing rule at 79 FR 60406, October 7, 2014). We are particularly interested in input regarding timber and forest management and restoration practices that would be appropriately addressed through a section 4(d) rule, including those that adjust the timing or methods to minimize impacts to the subspecies or its habitat.
(6) Any additional information on current conservation activities or partnerships benefitting the subspecies, or opportunities for additional partnerships or conservation activities that could be undertaken in order to address threats.
(7) Any information on specific pesticides that could impact the black pinesnake or its prey base either directly or indirectly, which could cause further mortality or decline of the subspecies.
(8) The reasons why we should or should not designate habitat as “critical habitat” under section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
(9) Specific information on:
(a) The amount and distribution of black pinesnake habitat;
(b) What areas, that were occupied at the time of listing (or are currently occupied) and that contain features essential to the conservation of the subspecies, should be included in the designation and why;
(c) Special management considerations or protection that may be needed in critical habitat areas we are proposing, including managing for the potential effects of climate change; and
(d) What areas not occupied at the time of listing are essential for the conservation of the subspecies and why.
(10) Land use designations and current or planned activities in the subject areas and their possible impacts on proposed critical habitat.
(11) How the patch size of proposed critical habitat was derived (
(12) Information on the projected and reasonably likely impacts of climate change on the black pinesnake and proposed critical habitat.
(13) Any probable economic, national security, or other relevant impacts of designating any area that may be included in the final designation; in particular, we seek information on any impacts on small entities or families, and the benefits of including or excluding areas that exhibit these impacts.
(14) Information on the extent to which the description of economic impacts in the draft economic analysis is a reasonable estimate of the likely economic impacts and is complete and accurate.
(15) The likelihood of adverse social reactions to the designation of critical habitat, as discussed in the associated documents of the draft economic analysis, and how the consequences of such reactions, if likely to occur, would relate to the conservation and regulatory benefits of the proposed critical habitat designation.
(16) Whether any specific areas we are proposing for critical habitat designation should be considered for exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, and whether the benefits of potentially excluding any specific area outweigh the benefits of including that area under section 4(b)(2) of the Act.
(17) Whether we could improve or modify our approach to designating critical habitat in any way to provide for greater public participation and understanding, or to better accommodate public concerns and comments.
If you submitted comments or information on the proposed listing rule (79 FR 60406) during the initial comment period from October 7, 2014, to December 8, 2014, please do not resubmit them. We will incorporate them into the public record and we will fully consider them in the preparation of that final determination.
You may submit your comments and materials concerning this proposed rule and/or the proposed listing rule by one of the methods listed in
We will post your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—on
Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, will be available for public inspection on
All previous Federal actions are described in the proposed rule to list the black pinesnake as a threatened species under the Act published in the
It is our intent to discuss below only those topics directly relevant to the designation of critical habitat for the black pinesnake. For information related to the listing of this subspecies, see the proposed rule.
Critical habitat is defined in section 3 of the Act as:
(1) The specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species, at the time it is listed in accordance with the Act, on which are found those physical or biological features
(a) Essential to the conservation of the species, and
(b) Which may require special management considerations or protection; and
(2) Specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species.
Conservation, as defined under section 3 of the Act, means to use and the use of all methods and procedures that are necessary to bring an endangered or threatened species to the point at which the measures provided pursuant to the Act are no longer necessary. Such methods and procedures include, but are not limited to, all activities associated with scientific resources management such as research, census, law enforcement, habitat acquisition and maintenance, propagation, live trapping, and transplantation, and, in the extraordinary case where population pressures within a given ecosystem cannot be otherwise relieved, may include regulated taking.
Critical habitat receives protection under section 7 of the Act through the requirement that Federal agencies ensure, in consultation with the Service, that any action they authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. The designation of critical habitat does not affect land ownership or establish a refuge, wilderness, reserve, preserve, or other conservation area. Such designation does not allow the government or public to access private lands. Such designation does not require implementation of restoration, recovery, or enhancement measures by non-Federal landowners. Where a landowner requests Federal agency funding or authorization for an action that may affect a listed species or critical habitat, the consultation requirements of section 7(a)(2) of the Act would apply, but even in the event of a destruction or adverse modification finding, the obligation of the Federal action agency and the landowner is not to restore or recover the species, but to implement reasonable and prudent alternatives to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.
Under the first prong of the Act's definition of critical habitat, areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it was listed are included in a critical habitat designation if they contain physical or biological features (PBFs) (1) which are essential to the conservation of the species and (2) which may require special management considerations or protection. For these areas, critical habitat designations identify, to the extent known using the best scientific and commercial data available, those PBFs that are essential to the conservation of the species (such as space, food, cover, and protected habitat). In identifying those PBFs within an area, we focus on the principal biological or physical constituent elements (primary constituent elements, or PCEs, such as roost sites, nesting grounds, seasonal wetlands, water quality, tide, soil type) that are essential to the conservation of the species. PCEs are those specific elements of PBFs that, when laid out in the appropriate quantity and spatial arrangement, provide for a species' life-history processes and are essential to the conservation of the species.
Under the second prong of the Act's definition of critical habitat, we can designate critical habitat in areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. We designate critical habitat in areas outside the geographical area occupied by a species only when a designation limited to its range would be inadequate to ensure the conservation of the species.
Section 4 of the Act requires that we designate critical habitat on the basis of the best scientific data available. Further, our Policy on Information Standards under the Endangered Species Act (published in the
When we are determining which areas should be designated as critical habitat, our primary source of information is generally the information developed during the listing process for the species. Additional information sources may include the recovery plan for the species, articles in peer-reviewed journals, conservation plans developed by States and counties, scientific status surveys and studies, biological assessments, other unpublished materials, or experts' opinions or personal knowledge.
Habitat is dynamic, and species may move from one area to another over time. We recognize that critical habitat designated at a particular point in time may not include all of the habitat areas that we may later determine are necessary for the recovery of the species. For these reasons, a critical habitat designation does not signal that habitat outside the designated area is unimportant or may not be needed for recovery of the species. Areas that are important to the conservation of the species, both inside and outside the critical habitat designation, will continue to be subject to: (1) Conservation actions implemented under section 7(a)(1) of the Act, (2) regulatory protections afforded by the requirement in section 7(a)(2) of the Act for Federal agencies to ensure their actions are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species, and (3) section 9 of the Act's prohibitions on taking any individual of the species, including taking caused by actions that affect habitat. Federally funded or permitted projects affecting listed species outside their designated critical habitat areas may still result in jeopardy findings in some cases. These protections and conservation tools will continue to contribute to conservation of this species. Similarly, critical habitat designations made on the basis of the best available information at the time of designation will not control the direction and substance of future recovery plans, habitat conservation plans (HCPs), or other species conservation planning efforts if new information available at the time of these planning efforts calls for a different outcome.
Section 4(a)(3) of the Act, as amended, and implementing regulations (50 CFR 424.12), require that, to the maximum extent prudent and determinable, the Secretary shall designate critical habitat at the time the species is determined to be an endangered or threatened species. Our regulations (50 CFR 424.12(a)(1)) state that the designation of critical habitat is not prudent when one or both of the following situations exist:
(1) The species is threatened by taking or other human activity, and identification of critical habitat can be expected to increase the degree of threat to the species, or
(2) Such designation of critical habitat would not be beneficial to the species.
There is currently no imminent threat of take attributed to collection or vandalism under Factor B for the black
Because we have determined that the designation of critical habitat will not likely increase the degree of threat to the subspecies and may provide some measure of benefit, we determine that designation of critical habitat is prudent for the black pinesnake.
Having determined that designation is prudent, under section 4(a)(3) of the Act we must find whether critical habitat for the black pinesnake is determinable. Our regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(a)(2) state that critical habitat is not determinable when one or both of the following situations exist:
(i) Information sufficient to perform required analyses of the impacts of the designation is lacking, or
(ii) The biological needs of the species are not sufficiently well known to permit identification of an area as critical habitat.
At the time of our October 7, 2014, proposed rule to list the subspecies, a careful assessment of the economic impacts was ongoing, leading us to find that critical habitat was not determinable. We have continued to review the available information related to the draft economic analysis as well as newly acquired information necessary to perform this assessment. This and other information represent the best scientific data available, and we now believe the data are sufficient for us to analyze the impacts of designation. Accordingly, we conclude that the designation of critical habitat is determinable for the black pinesnake.
In accordance with section 3(5)(A)(i) of the Act and regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b), in determining which areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing to designate as critical habitat, we consider the PBFs essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection. These include, but are not limited to:
(1) Space for individual and population growth, and for normal behavior;
(2) Food, water, air, light, minerals, or other nutritional or physiological requirements;
(3) Cover or shelter;
(4) Sites for breeding, reproduction, or rearing (or development) of offspring; and
(5) Habitats that are protected from disturbance or are representative of the historic geographical and ecological distributions of a species.
We derive the specific PBFs essential for the black pinesnake from studies of the subspecies and other similar species' habitat, ecology, and life history as described below. Additional information can be found in the proposed listing rule published in the
Telemetry studies and previous records indicate that the black pinesnake prefers an open canopy, a reduced midstory, and a dense herbaceous cover typical of a classic longleaf pine forest (see the “Habitat” and “Life History” sections of our proposed listing rule published in the
Studies of black pinesnakes have supported this subspecies' preference for a relatively open canopy and reduced mid-story shrub cover (Duran 1998b, pp. 4-8; Baxley
Longleaf pine ecosystems have historically been maintained with fire, as it is necessary for exposing bare mineral soil for seed germination, increasing nutrient content in forage species, and reducing competition of hardwood species (DeBerry and Pashley 2008, pp. 20-21). Prescribed burning during the growing season (late spring to early summer) is more effective at controlling mid-story hardwood vegetation, thereby promoting a more abundant herbaceous groundcover; however, some understory plants respond positively to fires in the dormant season as well (Knapp
A broad distribution of home ranges have been estimated from various telemetry studies, from a mean Minimum Convex Polygon (MCP) (a mathematical tool for determining home range boundaries by connecting the outer location points) value of 106 acres (ac) (43 hectares (ha)) for adult female pinesnakes (Duran 1998a, p. 19) to a mean MCP value of 551 ac (223 ha) for adult male pinesnakes (Baxley and Qualls 2009, p. 287). The maximum home range reported for a black pinesnake in the literature is 979 ac (396 ha) for an adult male, and the maximum distance between consecutive locations in a telemetry study (reported as a straight-line distance) was 1.3 miles (2.1 kilometers) (Baxley and Qualls 2009, pp. 287-288). Examination of MCP areas for black pinesnakes occupying the same general area shows very little
For comparison purposes we investigated the population requirements of another large-bodied, wide-ranging snake with large home ranges that is also a longleaf pine ecosystem specialist, the threatened eastern indigo snake (
Therefore, based on the information above, we identify open-canopied pine forest habitat (≤70 percent canopy coverage), historically dominated by longleaf pine and maintained by frequent fires, a reduced midstory (<10 percent), and a diverse and abundant native herbaceous groundcover (>40 percent) to be the physical and biological features necessary for the conservation of the black pinesnake. These pine forests should be primarily unfragmented and occupy at least 5,000 ac (2,023 ha) in area.
Black pinesnakes are known to consume a variety of food, including nestling rabbits (
To provide the refugia and food needed to support the rodent prey base of black pinesnakes, the habitat must have an abundant herbaceous groundcover. Bluestem grasses (
From radio-telemetry studies, it has been shown that black pinesnakes spend a majority of their time below ground (Duran 1998a, p. 12; Yager
Rudolph
In addition to requiring the presence of stump holes, it is imperative that this microhabitat be in areas where the black pinesnakes' subterranean refugia will remain above the seasonal water table, as flooding may increase the potential for harm to the snakes. An examination of elevation thresholds in the black pinesnake locality data indicates that the subspecies occurs most frequently along upland ridges. We determined
Therefore, based on the information above, we identify the presence of naturally burned-out or rotted-out pine stumps and their associated root systems in upland areas at an elevation ≥150 ft (46 m), within historically longleaf-dominated pine forests, to be a physical and biological feature needed for the conservation of this subspecies.
Very little information on breeding and egg-laying of wild black pinesnakes is available. Lyman
Since there is only one documented natural black pinesnake nest, it is unknown whether the subspecies exhibits nest site fidelity; however, nest site fidelity has been described for other
In addition to the stump holes and associated root systems commonly used by adult black pinesnakes (Duran 1998a, p. 12; Yager
Appropriate soils have been described for the gopher tortoise, and are recognized as one of their key habitat requirements, as they allow for burrow excavation and nest development (Ernst
Therefore, based on the information above, we identify sandy, well-drained soils characteristic of historically longleaf-dominated upland pine forest to be a physical and biological feature for this subspecies. These specific soil series and related soil associations have the following characteristics: No flooding or ponding; < 15 percent medium and coarse gravel fragments; >60 in (152 cm) depth to seasonal high water table; >60 in (152 cm) depth to the hardpan; textural components equaling >30 percent sand and <35 percent clay; and a slope <15 percent.
According to 50 CFR 424.12(b), we are required to identify the PBFs essential to the conservation of the black pinesnake in areas occupied at the time of listing, focusing on the features' primary constituent elements (PCEs). We consider PCEs to be those specific elements of PBFs that provide for a species' life-history processes and are essential to the conservation of the species.
(1) Primary Constituent Element 1:
(a) Open canopy (≤70 percent);
(b) Reduced woody mid-story (<10 percent cover);
(c) Abundant, diverse, native groundcover (at least 40 percent cover); and
(d) Minimum of 5,000 ac (2,023 ha) of mostly unfragmented habitat.
(2) Primary Constituent Element 2:
(3) Primary Constituent Element 3:
(a) No flooding or ponding;
(b) <15 percent medium and coarse gravel fragments;
(c) >60 in (152 cm) depth to seasonal high water table;
(d) >60 in (152 cm) depth to the hardpan;
(e) Textural components equaling >30 percent sand and <35 percent clay; and
(f) A slope <15 percent.
When designating critical habitat, we assess whether the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing contain features which are essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection.
All areas proposed as critical habitat would require some level of management to address the current and future threats to the black pinesnake and to maintain the PCEs. Special management of the upland longleaf pine forest would be needed to ensure an open canopy, reduced mid-story, and abundant herbaceous ground cover (PCE
A detailed discussion of activities affecting the black pinesnake and its habitat can be found in the proposed listing rule published in the
Management activities that could ameliorate these threats include (but are not limited to): Maintaining critical habitat areas as open pine habitat (preferably longleaf pine); conducting forestry management using frequent prescribed burning (1 to 3 years) with seasonal variability, avoiding intensive site preparation that would disturb or destroy pine stumps, avoiding the practice of bedding when planting trees, and reducing planting densities to create or maintain an open canopied forest with abundant herbaceous ground cover; maintaining forest underground structure such as gopher tortoise burrows, small mammal burrows, and stump holes; and retaining large tracts of pine forest unfragmented by protecting sites from development and new road construction. More information on the special management considerations for each critical habitat unit is provided in the individual unit descriptions below.
As required by section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we use the best scientific data available to designate critical habitat. In accordance with the Act and our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b) we review available information pertaining to the habitat requirements of the species and identify occupied areas at the time of listing that contain the features essential to the conservation of the species. If after identifying currently occupied areas, a determination is made that those areas are inadequate to ensure conservation of the species, in accordance with the Act and our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(e) we then consider whether designating additional areas—outside those currently occupied—are essential for the conservation of the species. Here, as discussed below, we are not currently proposing to designate any areas outside the geographical area occupied by the black pinesnake because we have determined that occupied areas are sufficient for the conservation of the subspecies.
We began our determination of which areas to designate as critical habitat for the black pinesnake with an assessment of the critical life-history components of the subspecies, as they relate to habitat. We reviewed the available information pertaining to historical and current distributions, life histories, and habitat requirements of this subspecies. We focused on the identification of large tracts of remaining unfragmented open pine habitat in our analysis because they are requisite sites for population survival and conservation and their disappearance in the environment is one of the primary reasons that the black pinesnake is declining. Our sources included surveys, unpublished reports, and peer-reviewed scientific literature prepared by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources; Alabama Natural Heritage Program; Mississippi Department of Wildlife, Fisheries, and Parks Natural Heritage Program; and black pinesnake researchers. Other sources are Service data and Geographic Information System (GIS) data (such as species occurrence data, elevation contours, soils, transportation, urban areas, National Wetland Inventory, 2011 National Land Cover Database, aerial imagery, ownership maps, and U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Terrestrial Ecosystems data).
For estimation of activity ranges of black pinesnakes, we utilized the process of establishing species occurrence areas (SOAs), which the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) uses for northern pinesnakes. These areas are derived by placing circular buffers around documented locations, in order to approximate typical activity ranges (NJDFW 2009, p. 17). There are unproven assumptions that underlie this method, such as that pinesnakes have circular activity ranges, and that the occurrence location represents the center of that individual's range; however, given the lack of representative telemetry data for many areas, this is a suitable approach to estimate activity ranges. We placed circular buffers around recent black pinesnake location points (post-1990) from the sources listed above, with a radius equaling the maximum known movement distance (1.3 miles (2.1 km)) to approximate the SOA of each snake (3,400 ac (1,376 ha)). The 1990 date was used as it coincides with dates chosen by black pinesnake researchers who conducted habitat assessments at what were considered recently and historically occupied locations (Duran and Givens 2001, pp. 5-9). By utilizing GIS, we looked for areas of overlap between activity ranges, and calculated that the total area covered by two partially overlapping SOA estimates (5,000 ac (2,023 ha)) would be considered a minimum population reserve size, as long as the area was not highly fragmented. This is not to say that two snakes are considered a viable population, but that this area estimate should be considered a minimum value.
To examine the possibility of an elevation threshold from the locality data, recent black pinesnake records were obtained from the sources listed above. By overlapping these locality data with GIS elevation contour data, we determined that 90 percent (329) of all black pinesnake locations occurred in areas ≥200 ft (61 m) elevation, and 96 percent of these locations (349) were in areas ≥150 ft (46 m) elevation.
Soils determined to be suitable habitat for the gopher tortoise were used as a surrogate to determine suitable soils for the black pinesnake, as these both occupy deep, sandy soils of upland longleaf pine forest. A team of biologists and soil scientists from the Service and the Natural Resources Conservation Service, with input from staff from the U.S. Forest Service, developed a model to classify soils throughout the gopher tortoise's federally listed range (Service 2012, pp. 1-37). These specific soil characteristics are detailed in the
Using GIS, we located all areas where at least two black pinesnake activity ranges overlapped, and identified those as potential populations. Areas within and directly adjacent to these black pinesnake activity ranges that met the soils and elevation criteria were considered contiguous habitat and were included in potential population boundaries. There were 11 populations identified using this method: 6 in Mississippi and 5 in Alabama. These populations were then assessed in regards to impacts from nearby fragmentation sources such as major roads, wetlands and open water, incompatible land use (such as agricultural conversion), and urban development.
To analyze potential impacts from roads, a transportation layer was used with GIS, specifically examining Class 1 and 2 roads. Class 1 roads are hard surface highways including Interstate and U.S. numbered highways, primary State routes, and all controlled access highways; Class 2 roads include secondary State routes, primary county routes, and other highways that connect principal cities and towns. Both of these road classifications have a high probability of causing permanent black pinesnake population fragmentation and were excluded. Population boundaries were buffered at least 100 meters from all Class 1 and 2 roads. Major wetland areas and streams were avoided in determining population boundaries, although these generally were consistent with changes in elevation. To analyze the fragmentation effects from incompatible land uses (including but not limited to urbanization), recent aerial imagery and the 2011 National Land Cover Database (NLCD) were utilized. By selecting the evergreen forest layers from NLCD, it was possible to delineate large tracts of remaining pine forested habitat, and concurrent analysis from the aerial imagery further removed areas with agricultural fields, housing developments, and urban areas.
Once all the above analyses were complete, the level of fragmentation in each population was assessed. If fragmentation within a population boundary limited the suitable habitat to the point where less than 5,000 ac (2,023 ha) was available, that population was no longer considered viable and was removed from critical habitat consideration.
Using the above-described process, eight of the 11 populations examined met the criteria for consideration as critical habitat: All six of the populations in Mississippi and two of the five in Alabama. Five of the six Mississippi populations occur at least partially on the De Soto National Forest, the largest of which is located almost exclusively on the Camp Shelby Special Use Permit area, and the sixth population occurs primarily on the Marion County Wildlife Management Area (WMA). All six populations meet the criteria of appropriate size; contiguous, pine-dominated, forested habitat; elevation; soils; and minimal fragmentation. The Service has determined that these sites contain the PCEs that are essential for the conservation of the black pinesnake, and therefore we are proposing to designate them as critical habitat.
Both of the Alabama populations that met the criteria to be considered critical habitat are located in Clarke County and include a population primarily located on the Scotch WMA and a population located at the Fred T. Stimpson WMA. Three other populations, in Washington and Mobile Counties, each have two black pinesnake records from the last 25 years, but due to fragmentation do not meet the criteria for critical habitat and therefore are not proposed for designation.
We have determined that the areas we are proposing for designation as critical habitat contain the PCEs that are essential for the conservation of the black pinesnake based on our current understanding of the subspecies' requirements. However, as discussed in the Critical Habitat section above, we recognize that designation of critical habitat might not include all habitat areas that we may eventually determine are necessary for the recovery of the subspecies and that for this reason, a critical habitat designation does not signal that habitat outside the designated area is unimportant or may not promote the recovery of the subspecies.
The proposed critical habitat designation does not include all forested areas known to have been occupied by the subspecies historically; instead, it focuses on occupied areas within the current range that have retained the necessary PCEs that will allow for the maintenance and expansion of existing populations.
In summary, for areas within the geographic area occupied by the subspecies at the time of listing, we delineated critical habitat unit boundaries using the following criterion: Evaluate habitat suitability of forested parcels within the geographic area occupied at the time of listing (post 1990), and retain those segments that contain some or all of the PCEs to support life-history functions essential for conservation of the subspecies.
We are not proposing any areas outside the geographical areas occupied by the black pinesnake at the time of listing for critical habitat designation. The proposed units within the area occupied by the subspecies at the time of listing are representative of the current geographical range and include both the core population areas of black pinesnakes, as well as remaining peripheral population areas. We determined that there was sufficient area for the conservation of the subspecies within the occupied areas determined above.
When determining proposed critical habitat boundaries, we made every effort to avoid including developed areas such as lands covered by buildings, pavement, and other structures because such lands lack physical or biological features necessary for the black pinesnake. The scale of the maps we prepared under the parameters for publication within the Code of Federal Regulations may not reflect the exclusion of such developed lands nor all lands covered under the Camp Shelby integrated natural resources management plan (INRMP), which are exempted from proposed critical habitat designation (see
The proposed critical habitat designation is defined by the map or maps, as modified by any accompanying regulatory text, presented at the end of this document in the Proposed Regulation Promulgation section. We include more detailed information on the boundaries of the critical habitat designation in the preamble of this document. We will make the coordinates or plot points or both on which each map is based available to the public on
We are proposing to designate approximately 338,100 ac (136,824 ha) in eight units, one of which is divided into two subunits, as critical habitat for the black pinesnake. The critical habitat areas we describe below constitute our current best assessment of areas that meet the definition of critical habitat for the black pinesnake. The areas we propose as critical habitat are all occupied at the time of listing and contain all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies including:
The areas we propose as critical habitat are: Unit 1—Ovett; Unit 2—Piney Woods Creek; Unit 3—Cypress Creek; Unit 4A—Maxie; Unit 4B—Maxie; Unit 5—Howison; Unit 6—Marion County WMA; Unit 7—Scotch WMA; and Unit 8—Fred T. Stimpson WMA.
Table 1 provides the location, approximate area, and ownership of each critical habitat unit.
We present brief descriptions of all units, and reasons why they meet the definition of critical habitat for the black pinesnake, below.
Unit 1 encompasses approximately 47,177 ac (19,092 ha) on Federal and private land in Jones and Wayne Counties, Mississippi. This unit is located between the Bogue Homo River and Thompson Creek, is approximately 2.0 mi (3.2 km) northeast of Ovett, and is mostly within the boundary of the Chickasawhay Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest (DNF). It is located just east of State Highway 15, west of Salem Road, north of the intersection of State Highway 15 and County Road 205, and approximately 1.3 mi (2.1 km) south of the intersection of Freedom Road and Forest Road.
The majority of this unit (40,637 ac (16,445 ha)) is on Federal lands within the DNF, with the remainder of the unit (6,540 ac (2,647 ha)) on private land. Unit 1 contains all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies.
There are records of eight black pinesnakes located within Unit 1 since 1990. Many of these are located on the higher ridges within the unit boundary, but are within close enough proximity to each other (with contiguous habitat between) for all of them to belong to the same breeding population. Habitat management on the section of this unit owned by the U.S. Forest Service (86 percent) is performed under the Revised Land and Resource Management Plan for National Forests in Mississippi (U.S. Forest Service 2014, 207 pp.). The other 14 percent is privately owned. This forest plan contains objectives for the threatened gopher tortoise and endangered red-cockaded woodpecker (
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 1 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; utility easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 2 encompasses approximately 22,389 ac (9,061 ha) on Federal and private land located primarily in Wayne County, Mississippi, with a small portion extending into Perry County, Mississippi. This unit is located between Thompson Creek and Piney Woods Creek, is approximately 4.0 mi (6.4 km) west of Clara, and is mostly within the boundary of the Chickasawhay Ranger District of the DNF. It is located 2.3 mi (3.7 km) north of the intersection of Camp Eight Road and Will Best Road, and 0.4 mi (0.6 km) southeast of the intersection of Clara-Strengthford Road and Clara-Strengthford Reservoir Road.
The majority of this unit (17,744 ac (7,181 ha)) is on Federal lands within the DNF, with the remainder of the Unit (4,645 ac (1,880 ha)) on private land. Unit 2 contains all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies.
There are records of five black pinesnakes located within Unit 2 since 1990. Many of these are located on the higher ridges within the unit boundary, but are within close enough proximity to each other (with contiguous habitat between) for all of them to belong to the same breeding population. Habitat management on the section of this unit owned by the U.S. Forest Service (79 percent) is performed under the Revised Land and Resource Management Plan for National Forests in Mississippi (U.S. Forest Service 2014, 207 pp.) (see discussion under Unit 1, above).
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 2 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 3 is the largest of all the units, encompassing approximately 145,143 ac (58,737 ha) on Federal, State, local, and private land in Forrest, Perry, George, and Greene Counties, Mississippi. This unit is located north of Black Creek (Cypress Creek runs into part of the unit, but is not a barrier to gene flow), and is approximately 3.0 mi (4.8 km) east of McLaurin, 1.8 mi (2.9 km) south of New Augusta, and 4.6 mi (7.4 km) northwest of Benndale. Unit 3 is mostly within the installation boundary of Camp Shelby on the De Soto Ranger District of the DNF, and is bordered by State Highways 26 and 57 and U.S. Highways 49 and 98.
The majority of this unit (131,045 ac (53,032 ha)) is on Federal lands, with another 1,768 ac (715 ha) on State lands; 41 ac (16 ha) on local, county-owned lands; and the remainder (12,289 ac (4,973 ha)) on private land. This unit contains 5,735 ac (2,321 ha) of State- and Department of Defense (DoD)-owned lands that are covered under the Camp Shelby INRMP, which are exempted from proposed critical habitat designation (see
There are over 100 records of black pinesnakes located within Unit 3 since 2004, as compiled by The Nature Conservancy's Camp Shelby Field Office. Many of these are located on the higher ridges within the unit boundary, but are within close enough proximity to each other (with contiguous habitat between) for all of them to belong to the same breeding population. Habitat management on the section of this unit owned by the U.S. Forest Service is performed under the Revised Land and Resource Management Plan for National Forests in Mississippi (U.S. Forest Service 2014, 207 pp.). In addition to containing objectives for the threatened gopher tortoise and endangered red-cockaded woodpecker, both of which occur on Unit 3 (see discussion under Unit 1, above), it also includes objectives for the endangered dusky gopher frog (
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 3 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 4 encompasses a total of approximately 59,527 ac (24,090 ha) on Federal and private land in Forrest, Perry, and Stone Counties, Mississippi. Located south of Black Creek and 3.0 mi (4.8 km) north of Wiggins, this unit is bisected into two subunits (4A and 4B) by U.S. Highway 49. Both subunits are buffered from U.S. Highway 49 by at least 328 ft (100 m). The close proximity of black pinesnake records with adjacent suitable habitat would have made Unit 4 a single unit following the criteria for designation of critical habitat, if not for the presence of U.S. Highway 49, which is a significant source of fragmentation and is potentially restricting gene flow between the two subunits.
Subunit 4A is located between Double Branch and U.S. Highway 49 in Forrest and Stone Counties, Mississippi. It is 0.3 mi (4.8 km) northwest of Bond and 0.5 mi (0.8 km) southwest of Maxie, and is located mostly within the boundary of the De Soto Ranger District of the DNF. Most of this subunit (8,883 ac (3,595 ha)) is on Federal lands within the DNF, with the remainder of the subunit (6,334 ac (2,563 ha)) on private land. There are records of two black pinesnakes located within subunit 4A since 1990. These are located on the eastern edge of the subunit, but have contiguous habitat with the rest of the area.
Subunit 4B is located between Black Creek and U.S. Highway 49 in Forrest, Perry, and Stone Counties, Mississippi. It is directly adjacent to Maxie on the western border, and is located mostly within the boundary of the De Soto Ranger District of the DNF. Most of this subunit (28,233 ac (11,425 ha)) is on Federal lands within the DNF, with the remainder of the subunit (16,078 ac (6,507 ha)) on private land. There are records of four black pinesnakes located within subunit 4B since 1990. These are located on the higher ridges of the subunit, but have contiguous habitat with the rest of the area.
Both subunits of Unit 4 are within the geographic area of the subspecies occupied at the time of listing. They contain all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 4 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 5 encompasses approximately 12,949 ac (5,240 ha) on Federal, local, and private land in Harrison and Stone Counties, Mississippi. This unit is located between Tuxachanie Creek and U.S. Highway 49, approximately 0.4 mi (0.6 km) east of Howison and 1.3 mi (2 km) southeast of McHenry, and this unit is mostly within the boundary of the De Soto Ranger District of the DNF. The unit is bordered on the northern edge by E. McHenry Road and on the western edge by U.S. Highway 49 (buffered from the highway by at least 328 ft (100 m)).
The majority of this unit (9,371 ac (3,792 ha)) is on Federal lands within the DNF, with the remainder of the unit on local (640 ac (259 ha)) and private (2,938 ac (1,189 ha)) lands. Unit 5 contains all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies.
There are records of seven black pinesnakes located within Unit 5 since 1990. Many of these are located on the higher ridges within the unit boundary, but are within close enough proximity of each other (with contiguous habitat between) for all of them to belong to the same breeding population. Habitat management on the section of this unit owned by the U.S. Forest Service is performed under the Revised Land and Resource Management Plan for National Forests in Mississippi (U.S. Forest Service 2014, 207 pp.). This forest plan contains objectives for the threatened gopher tortoise, which occurs on Unit 5 (see discussion for Unit 4, above).
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 5 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 6 encompasses approximately 11,857 ac (4,798 ha) on State and private land in Marion County, Mississippi. This unit is located between the Upper Little Creek and Lower Little Creek, 7.0 mi (11 km) southeast of Columbia. It is located 0.8 mi (1.3 km) north of State Highway 13, and 2.6 mi (4.2 km) south of U.S. Highway 98. Approximately half of Unit 6 is within the Marion County WMA.
The unit is divided between State lands (5,587 ac (2,261 ha)) and private lands (6,270 ac (2,537 ha)). Unit 6 contains all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies.
There are records of two black pinesnakes located within Unit 6 since 1990. These are both located on the WMA, although there is contiguous suitable habitat across the remainder of the unit. Regulations on the WMA include prohibitions of wildlife harassment; however, there are no habitat management activities occurring at the WMA that specifically target the habitat requirements of the black pinesnake.
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 6 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 7 encompasses approximately 33,395 ac (13,514 ha) of private land in Clarke County, Alabama. This unit is bordered by Salitpa Creek to the south, Tallahatta Creek to the north, and Harris Creek to the west. It is located approximately 2.7 mi (4.3 km) southeast of Campbell, and approximately half of the unit is on the Scotch WMA. Unit 7 is located 1.1 mi (1.8 km) north of the intersection of Old Mill Pond Road and Reedy Branch Road.
This unit contains all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies.
There are records of four black pinesnakes located within Unit 7 since 1990. Many of these are located on the higher ridges within the unit boundary, but are within close enough proximity to each other (with contiguous habitat between) for all of them to belong to the same breeding population. Most of this unit is managed by Scotch Land Management, LLC; however, there are no management practices on this unit that specifically target the habitat requirements of the black pinesnake.
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 7 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Unit 8 encompasses approximately 5,661 ac (2,291 ha) on State and private land in Clarke County, Alabama. This unit is located between Sand Hill Creek and the Tombigbee River, is approximately 2.5 mi (4 km) north of
Approximately half of the unit (2,547 ac (1,031 ha)) is on State lands, with the remainder of the unit (3,114 ac (1,260 ha)) on private land. Unit 8 contains all elements of the physical or biological features of the black pinesnake to support life-history functions essential to the conservation of the subspecies.
There are records of two black pinesnakes located within Unit 8 since 1990. These are both located on the WMA, although there is contiguous suitable habitat across the remainder of the unit. There are no habitat management practices outlined at the site that specifically target the habitat requirements of the black pinesnake.
Threats to the black pinesnake and its habitat in Unit 8 that may require special management considerations or protection of the physical or biological features include: Fire suppression and low fire frequencies; detrimental alterations in forestry practices that could destroy belowground soil structures such as clear-cutting, disking, or stump removal; land use conversion and fragmentation, primarily urban development, new roads, and conversion to agriculture and pine plantations; gas, water, electrical power, and sewer easements; road mortality; and encroachment of invasive species.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Act requires Federal agencies, including the Service, to ensure that any action they fund, authorize, or carry out is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered species or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat of such species. In addition, section 7(a)(4) of the Act requires Federal agencies to confer with the Service on any agency action that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any species proposed to be listed under the Act or result in the destruction or adverse modification of proposed critical habitat.
Decisions by the 5th and 9th Circuit Courts of Appeals have invalidated our regulatory definition of “destruction or adverse modification” (50 CFR 402.02) (see
If a Federal action may affect a listed species or its critical habitat, the responsible Federal agency (action agency) must enter into consultation with us. Examples of actions that are subject to the section 7 consultation process are actions on State, tribal, local, or private lands that require a Federal permit (such as a permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers under section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251
As a result of section 7 consultation, we document compliance with the requirements of section 7(a)(2) through our issuance of:
(1) A concurrence letter for Federal actions that may affect, but are not likely to adversely affect, listed species or critical habitat; or
(2) A biological opinion for Federal actions that may affect and are likely to adversely affect, listed species or critical habitat.
When we issue a biological opinion concluding that a project is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species and/or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat, we provide reasonable and prudent alternatives to the project, if any are identifiable, that would avoid the likelihood of jeopardy and/or destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. We define “reasonable and prudent alternatives” (at 50 CFR 402.02) as alternative actions identified during consultation that:
(1) Can be implemented in a manner consistent with the intended purpose of the action,
(2) Can be implemented consistent with the scope of the Federal agency's legal authority and jurisdiction,
(3) Are economically and technologically feasible, and
(4) Would, in the Director's opinion, avoid the likelihood of jeopardizing the continued existence of the listed species and/or avoid the likelihood of destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat.
Reasonable and prudent alternatives can vary from slight project modifications to extensive redesign or relocation of the project. Costs associated with implementing a reasonable and prudent alternative are similarly variable.
Regulations at 50 CFR 402.16 require Federal agencies to reinitiate consultation on previously reviewed actions in instances where we have listed a new species or subsequently designated critical habitat that may be affected and the Federal agency has retained discretionary involvement or control over the action (or the agency's discretionary involvement or control is authorized by law). Consequently, Federal agencies sometimes may need to request reinitiation of consultation with us on actions for which formal consultation has been completed, if those actions with discretionary involvement or control may affect subsequently listed species or designated critical habitat.
The key factor related to the adverse modification determination is whether, with implementation of the proposed Federal action, the affected critical habitat would continue to serve its intended conservation role for the species. Activities that may destroy or adversely modify critical habitat are those that alter the PBFs to an extent that appreciably reduces the conservation value of critical habitat for the black pinesnake. As discussed above, the role of critical habitat is to support life-history needs of the species and provide for the conservation of the species.
Section 4(b)(8) of the Act requires us to briefly evaluate and describe, in any proposed or final regulation that designates critical habitat, activities involving a Federal action that may destroy or adversely modify such habitat, or that may be affected by such designation.
Activities that may affect critical habitat, when carried out, funded, or authorized by a Federal agency, should result in consultation for the black pinesnake. These activities include, but are not limited to:
(1) Forestry management actions in pine habitat that would significantly alter the suitability of black pinesnake habitat. Such activities could include,
(2) Actions that would significantly fragment black pinesnake populations. Such activities could include, but are not limited to: Conversion of timber land to other uses (agricultural, urban/residential development) and construction of new structures or roads. These activities could lead to degradation or elimination of forest habitat, limit or prevent breeding opportunities between black pinesnakes, limit access to familiar refugia or nesting sites within individual home ranges, and increase the frequency of road mortality from road crossings.
The Sikes Act Improvement Act of 1997 (Sikes Act) (16 U.S.C. 670a) required each military installation that includes land and water suitable for the conservation and management of natural resources to complete an integrated natural resources management plan (INRMP) by November 17, 2001. An INRMP integrates implementation of the military mission of the installation with stewardship of the natural resources found on the base. Each INRMP includes:
(1) An assessment of the ecological needs on the installation, including the need to provide for the conservation of listed species;
(2) A statement of goals and priorities;
(3) A detailed description of management actions to be implemented to provide for these ecological needs; and
(4) A monitoring and adaptive management plan.
Among other things, each INRMP must, to the extent appropriate and applicable, provide for fish and wildlife management; fish and wildlife habitat enhancement or modification; wetland protection, enhancement, and restoration where necessary to support fish and wildlife; and enforcement of applicable natural resource laws.
Section 4(a)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533(a)(3)(B)(i)) provides that: “The Secretary shall not designate as critical habitat any lands or other geographic areas owned or controlled by the Department of Defense, or designated for its use, that are subject to an Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan prepared under section 101 of the Sikes Act (16 U.S.C. 670a), if the Secretary determines in writing that such plan provides a benefit to the species for which critical habitat is proposed for designation.”
We consult with the military on the development and implementation of INRMPs for installations with listed species. We analyzed one INRMP developed by military installations located within the range of the proposed critical habitat designation for the black pinesnake to determine if it met the criteria for exemption from critical habitat under section 4(a)(3) of the Act.
Camp Shelby is located in Forrest, George, and Perry Counties, near the town of Hattiesburg, Mississippi, and contains habitat with features essential to the conservation of the black pinesnake. The primary mission of Camp Shelby is to train U.S. Army soldiers (National Guard and Reserve) for combat and combat-related missions. Training activities at Camp Shelby primarily include troop bivouacking, wheeled vehicle maneuvers, artillery firing exercises, and tank training maneuvers.
Camp Shelby is composed of property belonging in four different categories: Department of Defense (DoD), State, United States Forest Service (USFS), and private land. The main part of Camp Shelby's training area belongs to the USFS and is operated under a special use permit from the USFS granted in 2007 for 20 years (see discussion under
Based on the above considerations, and in accordance with section 4(a)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, we have determined that the identified lands are subject to the Camp Shelby INRMP and that conservation efforts identified in the INRMP will provide a benefit to the black pinesnake. Therefore, DoD and State lands within this installation, which are covered under the INRMP, are exempt from critical habitat designation under section 4(a)(3) of the Act. We are not including approximately 5,558 ac (2,249 ha) of habitat in this proposed critical habitat designation because of this exemption.
Section 4(b)(2) of the Act states that the Secretary shall designate and make revisions to critical habitat on the basis of the best available scientific data after taking into consideration the economic impact, national security impact, and any other relevant impact of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. The Secretary may exclude an area from critical habitat if she determines that the benefits of such exclusion outweigh the benefits of specifying such area as part of the critical habitat, unless she determines, based on the best scientific data available, that the failure to designate such area as critical habitat will result in the extinction of the species. In making that determination, the statute on its face, as well as the legislative history, are clear that the Secretary has broad discretion regarding
Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we may exclude an area from designated critical habitat based on economic impacts, impacts on national security, or any other relevant impacts. In considering whether to exclude a particular area from the designation, we identify the benefits of including the area in the designation, identify the benefits of excluding the area from the designation, and evaluate whether the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion. If the analysis indicates that the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion, the Secretary may exercise her discretion to exclude the area only if such exclusion would not result in the extinction of the species.
When considering the benefits of exclusion, we consider, among other things, whether exclusion of a specific area is likely to result in conservation; the continuation, strengthening, or encouragement of partnerships; or implementation of a management plan. In the case of the black pinesnake, the benefits of critical habitat include public awareness of the presence of the black pinesnake and the importance of habitat protection, and, where a Federal nexus exists, increased habitat protection for the black pinesnake due to protection from adverse modification or destruction of critical habitat. In practice, situations with a Federal nexus exist primarily on Federal lands or for projects undertaken by Federal agencies.
After identifying the benefits of inclusion and the benefits of exclusion, we carefully weigh the two sides to evaluate whether the benefits of exclusion outweigh those of inclusion. If our analysis indicates that the benefits of exclusion outweigh the benefits of inclusion, we then determine whether exclusion would result in extinction. If exclusion of an area from critical habitat will result in extinction, we will not exclude it from the designation.
Based on the information we receive during the public comment period, we will evaluate whether certain lands in the proposed critical habitat in a portion of Unit 3 are appropriate for exclusion from the final designation under section 4(b)(2) of the Act (see discussion under
The final decision on whether to exclude any areas will be based on the best scientific data available at the time of the final designation, including information obtained during the comment period.
Section 4(b)(2) of the Act and its implementing regulations require that we consider the economic impact that may result from a designation of critical habitat. To assess the probable economic impacts of a designation, we must first evaluate specific land uses or activities and projects that may occur in the area of the critical habitat. We then must evaluate the impacts that a specific critical habitat designation may have on restricting or modifying specific land uses or activities for the benefit of the species and its habitat within the areas proposed. We then identify which conservation efforts may be the result of the species being listed under the Act versus those attributed solely to the designation of critical habitat for this particular species. The probable economic impact of a proposed critical habitat designation is analyzed by comparing scenarios both “with critical habitat” and “without critical habitat.” The “without critical habitat” scenario represents the baseline for the analysis, which includes the existing regulatory and socio-economic burden imposed on landowners, managers, or other resource users potentially affected by the designation of critical habitat (
For this designation, we developed an incremental effects memorandum (IEM) considering the probable incremental economic impacts that may result from this proposed designation of critical habitat. The information contained in our IEM was then used to develop a screening analysis of the probable effects of the designation of critical habitat for the black pinesnake (IEc 2014). The screening analysis focuses on the key factors that are likely to result in incremental economic impacts. The purpose of the screening analysis is to filter out the geographic areas in which the critical habitat designation is unlikely to result in probable incremental economic impacts. In particular, the screening analysis considers baseline costs (
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct Federal agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives in quantitative (to the extent feasible) and qualitative terms. Consistent with the E.O. regulatory analysis requirements, our effects analysis under the Act may take into consideration impacts to both directly and indirectly impacted entities, where practicable and reasonable. We assess, to the extent practicable, the probable impacts, if sufficient data are available, to both directly and indirectly impacted entities. As part of our screening analysis, we considered the types of economic activities that are likely to occur within the areas likely affected by the critical habitat designation, if adopted as proposed. In our evaluation
In our IEM, we attempted to clarify the distinction between the effects that would result from the subspecies being listed and those attributable to the critical habitat designation (
The proposed critical habitat designation for the black pinesnake consists of eight units, one of which is divided into two subunits, encompassing approximately 338,100 ac (136,824 ha) in Mississippi and Alabama. Included lands are under Federal, State, local, and private ownership, and all are within the area occupied by the black pinesnake at the time of listing. Federal land is predominant in Units 1 through 5. In these units, Federal lands make up from 58 to 90 percent of the acreage, which accounts for approximately 70 percent of the total proposed critical habitat acreage. Privately owned land is present in all eight units and ranges from 8 percent to a high of 100 percent in one unit. Private lands account for approximately 27 percent of the total proposed critical habitat acreage. Approximately 4,647 ac (1,880 ha) of the proposed designation in one unit have been identified for potential exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act due to a national security concern (see
All lands in the proposed critical habitat designation for the black pinesnake are currently occupied by the subspecies. In these areas any actions that may affect the subspecies or its habitat would also affect designated critical habitat, and it is unlikely that any additional conservation efforts would be recommended to address the adverse modification standard over and above those recommended as necessary to avoid jeopardizing the continued existence of the black pinesnake. Therefore, only administrative costs are expected in the proposed critical habitat designation. While this additional analysis will require time and resources by both the Federal action agency and the Service, it is believed that, in most circumstances, these costs would predominantly be administrative in nature and would not be significant.
The entities most likely to incur incremental costs are parties to section 7 consultations, including Federal action agencies and, in some cases, third parties, most frequently State agencies or municipalities. Activities we expect will be subject to consultations that may involve private entities as third parties are residential and commercial development that may occur on private lands; however, cost to private entities within these sectors is expected to be minor as most of the proposed critical habitat is in Federal ownership (70 percent) and only 27 percent of the lands are privately owned. According to a review of consultation records, the additional administrative cost of addressing adverse modification during the section 7 consultation process ranges from approximately $410 to $9,000 per consultation. Based on the project activity identified by relevant action agencies and comparison to the consultation history for species that co-occur or share habitat with the black pinesnake, the number of future formal consultations is likely to be five or fewer in the year immediately following the final designation. In addition, up to 60 informal consultations and five technical assists could occur annually following the designation. Thus, the incremental administrative burden resulting from the designation is likely to be less than $190,000 in this first year, the year with the highest anticipated costs; therefore, the costs would not be significant.
In summary, the probable incremental economic impacts of the black pinesnake critical habitat designation are expected to be limited to additional administrative efforts as well as minor costs of conservation efforts resulting from a small number of future section 7 consultations. This finding is based on the following factors: (1) All proposed critical habitat is occupied by the subspecies; thus, the presence of the subspecies, once it is listed, would result in significant baseline protection under the Act; (2) project modifications requested by the Service to avoid jeopardy to the subspecies would be the same as those likely to avoid adverse modification of critical habitat; (3) critical habitat would be unlikely to increase the number of consultations as a result of the awareness by Federal agencies of the need to consult if the subspecies is listed, as well as the past involvement of key action agencies in consultations for co-occurring species; (4) the proposed designation also receives baseline protection from the presence of two federally-listed species (gopher tortoise and red-cockaded woodpecker) that have habitat needs similar to those of the pinesnake; and (5) the proposed designation also receives baseline protection from overlap with designated critical habitat for the dusky gopher frog.
As we stated earlier, we are soliciting data and comments from the public on the DEA, as well as all aspects of this proposed rule. We may revise the
Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we consider whether there are lands where a national security impact might exist. This portion of the Act allows the Secretary to exercise her discretion to exclude areas from critical habitat for reasons of national security if she determines the benefits of such exclusion exceed the benefits of designating the area as critical habitat. However, this exclusion cannot occur if it will result in the extinction of the species.
After considering the Camp Shelby Joint Forces Training Center Impact Area occupying a portion (4,647 ac (1,880 ha)) of Unit 3 in Perry County, Mississippi, under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we are considering excluding it from the critical habitat designation for the black pinesnake.
However, we specifically solicit comments on the inclusion or exclusion of this area. In the paragraphs below, we provide a detailed analysis of our consideration to exclude this land under section 4(b)(2) of the Act.
The Impact Area of Camp Shelby Joint Forces Training Center (Camp Shelby) is a 4,647-ac (1,880-ha) area operated by the MSARNG for training and maneuver exercises in an area of the De Soto National Forest within Unit 3 located in Perry County, Mississippi. The MSARNG utilizes this area under a special use permit from the U.S. Forest Service, who is the primary landowner and manager within the installation boundary. The Impact Area, which is located in the center of Camp Shelby and in the northern portion of Unit 3, has been utilized for artillery training for decades. As a result, access of any kind is prohibited in this impact area due to the high risk of encountering unexploded ordnance. None of the acreage within the Impact Area is covered under the Camp Shelby INRMP; thus, none of this acreage was considered for exemption under section 4(a)(3) of the Act (see
We are not able to demonstrate any benefit to including this area in the critical habitat designation for the black pinesnake. Access into this area is prohibited for human safety. The educational benefit associated with identifying specific areas as critical habitat as a means to provide public with notice of areas of potential conservation value is realized in that this area is embedded in currently proposed critical habitat. Furthermore, because access into this area is prohibited, there are likely no habitat-altering activities taking place in this area at the scale that would affect the physical and biological features essential to the conservation of this subspecies. To the contrary, due to the nature of use of this area, this area experiences frequent fires, a natural component of the longleaf pine ecosystem that promotes optimal forest conditions for the black pinesnake.
The benefits of excluding approximately 4,647 ac (1,880 ha) of U.S. Forest Service lands that encompasses the Impact Area of Camp Shelby (which the Mississippi Army National Guard uses for training purposes) are significant. Foremost, as a human safety issue, access of any kind is prohibited into this area due to the high risk of encountering unexploded ordnance; thus, there is no opportunity to implement management. However, as stated above, the area experiences frequent fires due to the nature of its use, which is the preferred management technique for maintaining optimal habitat conditions for the black pinesnake. In addition, the black pinesnake receives secondary conservation benefits from management of adjacent lands for the threatened gopher tortoise. Lands within the Impact Area of Camp Shelby are used for artillery training that provides soldiers with essential combat skills that they use on the battlefield. We believe that excluding these U.S. Forest Service lands from critical habitat designation would remove the potential impact that a designation of critical habitat could have on MSARNG and the military's ability to maintain national security.
Though access to the Camp Shelby Impact Area is prohibited, an analysis of GIS and aerial imagery determined that the Impact Area (4,647 ac (1,880 ha)) of the Camp Shelby Joint Forces Training Center contains the physical and biological features essential to the conservation of the black pinesnake, thereby meeting the definition of critical habitat under the Act. This area is also contiguous with other proposed critical habitat with known occurrences for the black pinesnake. In making our recommendation to exclude the Camp Shelby Impact area, we considered several factors: Prohibited access due to a human safety issue; the apparent maintenance of physical and biological factors essential to the conservation of the subspecies from frequent burning due to the nature of use of the area; protection from habitat loss associated with land conversion; and potential impacts to national security associated with a critical habitat designation. We believe there are significant benefits to excluding these lands from critical habitat designation and are unable to demonstrate a benefit to including these lands in the designation. Access is prohibited into the area; thus, there is no opportunity for surveying, monitoring, or management. Therefore, we have preliminarily determined that the benefits of exclusion of approximately 4,647 ac (1,880 ha) of the Impact Area of Camp Shelby from the critical habitat designation outweigh the benefits of including these lands.
The exclusion of this small portion (4,647 ac (1,880 ha)) from the total proposed critical habitat designation in Unit 3 (145,143 ac (58,737 ha)) will have minimal to no adverse effect on the subspecies. Adjacent lands contain habitat for the black pinesnake and are part of proposed designation. Maintenance of appropriate habitat for the black pinesnake with frequent fires is likely to continue in this area due to the use of this area for artillery training. The jeopardy standard of section 7 of the Act and routine implementation of conservation measures through the section 7 process on lands provide additional assurances that the subspecies will not become extinct as a result of this exclusion. Thus, it is our assessment that the exclusion of the Camp Shelby Impact Area lands from the final designation of critical habitat for the black pinesnake will not result in the extinction of the subspecies.
Based on this analysis, under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, the Secretary is considering exercising her discretion to exclude the Camp Shelby Impact Area within Unit 3 from the final critical
Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we consider any other relevant impacts, in addition to economic impacts and impacts on national security. We consider a number of factors, including whether the landowners have developed any HCPs or other management plans for the area, or whether there are conservation partnerships that would be encouraged by designation of, or exclusion from, critical habitat. In addition, we look at any tribal issues, and consider the government-to-government relationship of the United States with tribal entities. We also consider any social impacts that might occur because of the designation.
In preparing this proposal, we have determined that there are currently no HCPs or other management plans for the black pinesnake, and the proposed designation does not include any tribal lands or trust resources. Therefore, we anticipate no impact on tribal lands or HCPs from this proposed critical habitat designation. Accordingly, the Secretary does not plan to exercise her discretion to exclude any areas from the final designation based on other relevant impacts.
In accordance with our joint policy on peer review published in the
We will consider all comments and information we receive during the comment period on this proposed rule during our preparation of a final determination. Accordingly, the final decision may differ from this proposal.
Section 4(b)(5) of the Act provides for one or more public hearings on this proposal, if requested. Requests must be received within 45 days after the date of publication of this proposed rule in the
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) will review all significant rules. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this rule is not significant.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner consistent with these requirements.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA; 5 U.S.C. 601
According to the Small Business Administration, small entities include small organizations such as independent nonprofit organizations; small governmental jurisdictions, including school boards and city and town governments that serve fewer than 50,000 residents; and small businesses (13 CFR 121.201). Small businesses include manufacturing and mining concerns with fewer than 500 employees, wholesale trade entities with fewer than 100 employees, retail and service businesses with less than $5 million in annual sales, general and heavy construction businesses with less than $27.5 million in annual business, special trade contractors doing less than $11.5 million in annual business, and agricultural businesses with annual sales less than $750,000. To determine if potential economic impacts to these small entities are significant, we considered the types of activities that might trigger regulatory impacts under this designation as well as types of project modifications that may result. In general, the term “significant economic impact” is meant to apply to a typical small business firm's business operations.
The Service's current understanding of the requirements under the RFA, as amended, and following recent court decisions, is that Federal agencies are only required to evaluate the potential incremental impacts of rulemaking on those entities directly regulated by the rulemaking itself, and therefore, not required to evaluate the potential impacts to indirectly regulated entities. The regulatory mechanism through which critical habitat protections are realized is section 7 of the Act, which requires Federal agencies, in consultation with the Service, to ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried by the agency is not likely to adversely modify critical habitat. Therefore, under these circumstances only Federal action agencies are directly subject to the specific regulatory requirement (avoiding destruction and adverse modification) imposed by critical habitat designation. Under these circumstances, it is our position that only Federal action agencies will be directly regulated by this designation. Federal agencies are not small entities, and to this end, there is no requirement under RFA to evaluate the potential impacts to entities not directly regulated. Therefore, because no small entities are directly regulated by this rulemaking, the Service certifies that, if promulgated, the proposed critical habitat designation will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
In summary, we have considered whether the proposed designation would result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. For the above reasons and based on currently available
Executive Order 13211 (Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use) requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. Based on an analysis of areas included in this proposal, we do not expect that the designation of critical habitat as proposed would significantly affect energy supplies, distribution, or use. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy action, and no Statement of Energy Effects is required. However, we will further evaluate this issue as we conduct our economic analysis, and review and revise this assessment as warranted.
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(1) This rule would not produce a Federal mandate. In general, a Federal mandate is a provision in legislation, statute, or regulation that would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments, or the private sector, and includes both “Federal intergovernmental mandates” and “Federal private sector mandates.” These terms are defined in 2 U.S.C. 658(5)-(7). “Federal intergovernmental mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments” with two exceptions. It excludes “a condition of Federal assistance.” It also excludes “a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program,” unless the regulation “relates to a then-existing Federal program under which $500,000,000 or more is provided annually to State, local, and tribal governments under entitlement authority,” if the provision would “increase the stringency of conditions of assistance” or “place caps upon, or otherwise decrease, the Federal Government's responsibility to provide funding,” and the State, local, or tribal governments “lack authority” to adjust accordingly. At the time of enactment, these entitlement programs were: Medicaid; Aid to Families with Dependent Children work programs; Child Nutrition; Food Stamps; Social Services Block Grants; Vocational Rehabilitation State Grants; Foster Care, Adoption Assistance, and Independent Living; Family Support Welfare Services; and Child Support Enforcement. “Federal private sector mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon the private sector, except (i) a condition of Federal assistance or (ii) a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program.”
The designation of critical habitat does not impose a legally binding duty on non-Federal Government entities or private parties. Under the Act, the only regulatory effect is that Federal agencies must ensure that their actions do not destroy or adversely modify critical habitat under section 7. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency. Furthermore, to the extent that non-Federal entities are indirectly impacted because they receive Federal assistance or participate in a voluntary Federal aid program, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act would not apply, nor would critical habitat shift the costs of the large entitlement programs listed above onto State governments.
(2) We do not believe that this rule would significantly or uniquely affect small governments because the black pinesnake occurs primarily on Federal and privately owned lands. None of these government entities fit the definition of “small governmental jurisdiction.” Therefore, a Small Government Agency Plan is not required. However, we will further evaluate this issue as we conduct our economic analysis, and review and revise this assessment if appropriate.
In accordance with Executive Order 12630 (“Government Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Private Property Rights”), we have analyzed the potential takings implications of designating critical habitat for the black pinesnake in a takings implications assessment. Based on the best available information, the takings implications assessment concludes that this designation of critical habitat the black pinesnake would not pose significant takings implications. However, we will further evaluate this issue as we develop our final designation, and review and revise this assessment as warranted.
In accordance with E.O. 13132 (Federalism), this proposed rule does not have significant Federalism effects. A federalism summary impact statement is not required. In keeping with Department of the Interior and Department of Commerce policy, we requested information from, and coordinated development of this proposed critical habitat designation with appropriate State resource agencies in Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi. From a federalism perspective, the designation of critical habitat directly affects only the responsibilities of Federal agencies. The Act imposes no other duties with respect to critical habitat, either for States and local governments, or for anyone else. As a result, the rule does not have substantial direct effects either on the States, or on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of powers and responsibilities among the various levels of government. The designation may have some benefit to these governments because the areas that contain the features essential to the conservation of the subspecies are more clearly defined, and the PBFs of the habitat necessary to the conservation of the subspecies are specifically identified. This information does not alter where and what federally sponsored activities may occur. However, it may assist these local governments in long-range planning (because these local governments no longer have to wait for case-by-case section 7 consultations to occur).
Where State and local governments require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for actions that may affect critical habitat, consultation under section 7(a)(2) would be required. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency.
In accordance with Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform), the Office of the Solicitor has determined that the rule does not unduly burden the judicial system and that it meets the requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2)
This rule does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
It is our position that, outside the jurisdiction of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, we do not need to prepare environmental analyses pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act in connection with designating critical habitat under the Act. We published a notice outlining our reasons for this determination in the
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994 (Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments; 59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments), and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis. In accordance with Secretarial Order 3206 of June 5, 1997 (American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act), we readily acknowledge our responsibilities to work directly with tribes in developing programs for healthy ecosystems, to acknowledge that tribal lands are not subject to the same controls as Federal public lands, to remain sensitive to Indian culture, and to make information available to tribes.
We have determined that there are no tribal lands that are occupied by the black pinesnake at the time of listing that contain the features essential for conservation of the subspecies, and no tribal lands unoccupied by the black pinesnake that are essential for the conservation of the subspecies. Therefore, we are not proposing to designate critical habitat for the black pinesnake on tribal lands.
We are required by Executive Orders 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(1) Be logically organized;
(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in the
A complete list of references cited in this rulemaking is available on the Internet at
The primary authors of this proposed rule are the staff members of the Mississippi Field Office.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we propose to amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 16 U.S.C. 1531-1544; 16 U.S.C. 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
(c)
(1) Critical habitat units are depicted for Forrest, George, Greene, Harrison, Jones, Marion, Perry, Stone, and Wayne Counties, Mississippi, and Clarke County, Alabama, on the maps below.
(2) Within these areas, the primary constituent elements of the physical and biological features essential to the conservation of the black pinesnake consist of three components:
(i)
(A) Open canopy (≤ 70 percent);
(B) Reduced woody mid-story (< 10 percent cover);
(C) Abundant, diverse, native groundcover (at least 40 percent cover); and
(D) Minimum of 5,000 acres (2,023 hectares) of mostly unfragmented habitat.
(ii)
(iii)
(A) No flooding or ponding;
(B) < 15 percent medium and coarse gravel fragments;
(C) > 60 inches (152 centimeters) depth to seasonal high water table;
(D) > 60 inches (152 centimeters) depth to the hardpan;
(E) Textural components equaling > 30 percent sand and < 35 percent clay; and
(F) A slope < 15 percent.
(3) Critical habitat does not include manmade structures (such as buildings, aqueducts, runways, roads, and other paved areas) and the land on which they are located existing within the legal boundaries on the effective date of this rule. In addition, State and Department of Defense lands, covered under the Camp Shelby INRMP, are also not considered critical habitat in Unit 3.
(4)
(5)
(6) Unit 1: Ovett—Jones and Wayne Counties, Mississippi.
(i) This unit is located between the Bogue Homo River and Thompson Creek, is approximately 2.0 mi (3.2 km) northeast of Ovett, and is mostly within the boundary of the Chickasawhay Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest. It is located just east of State Highway 15, west of Salem Road, north of the intersection of State Highway 15 and County Road 205, and approximately 1.3 mi (2.1 km) south of the intersection of Freedom Road and Forest Road.
(ii) Map of Units 1 (Ovett) and 2 (Piney Woods Creek) follows:
(7) Unit 2: Piney Woods Creek—Perry and Wayne Counties, Mississippi.
(i) This unit is located between Thompson Creek and Piney Woods Creek, is approximately 4.0 mi (6.4 km) west of Clara, and is mostly within the boundary of the Chickasawhay Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest. It is located 2.3 mi (3.7 km) north of the intersection of Camp Eight Road and Will Best Road, and 0.4 mi (0.6 km) southeast of the intersection of Clara-Strengthford Road and Clara-Strengthford Reservoir Road.
(ii) Map of Unit 2 (Piney Woods Creek) is provided at paragraph (6)(ii) of this entry.
(8) Unit 3: Cypress Creek—Greene, George, Forrest, and Perry Counties, Mississippi.
(i) This unit is located north of Black Creek (Cypress Creek runs into part of the unit, but is not a barrier to gene flow), and is approximately 3.0 mi (4.8 km) east of McLaurin, 1.8 mi (2.9 km) south of New Augusta, and 4.6 mi (7.4 km) northwest of Benndale. Unit 3 is mostly within the installation boundary of Camp Shelby on the De Soto Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest, and is bordered by State Highways 26 and 57 and U.S. Highways 49 and 98.
(ii) Map of Units 3 (Cypress Creek) and 4 (Maxie) follows:
(9) Unit 4: Maxie—Forrest, Perry, and Stone Counties, Mississippi.
(i) Subunit 4A—Forrest and Stone Counties, Mississippi. Subunit 4A is located between Double Branch and U.S. Highway 49 in Forrest and Stone Counties, Mississippi. It is 0.3 mi (4.8 km) northwest of Bond and 0.5 mi (0.8 km) southwest of Maxie, and is located mostly within the boundary of the De Soto Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest.
(ii) Subunit 4B—Forrest, Perry, and Stone Counties, Mississippi. Subunit 4B is located between Black Creek and U.S. Highway 49 in Forrest, Perry, and Stone Counties, Mississippi. It is directly adjacent to Maxie on the western border, and is located mostly within the boundary of the De Soto Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest.
(iii) Map of Unit 4 (Maxie) is provided at paragraph (8)(ii) of this entry.
(10) Unit 5: Howison—Harrison and Stone Counties, Mississippi.
(i) This unit is located between Tuxachanie Creek and U.S. Highway 49, approximately 0.4 mi (0.6 km) east of Howison and 1.3 mi (2 km) southeast of McHenry, and is mostly within the boundary of the De Soto Ranger District of the De Soto National Forest. The unit is bordered on the northern edge by E. McHenry Road and on the western edge by U.S. Highway 49 (buffered from the highway by at least 328 ft (100 m)).
(ii) Map of Unit 5 (Howison) follows:
(11) Unit 6: Marion County WMA—Marion County, Mississippi.
(i) This unit is located between the Upper Little Creek and Lower Little Creek, 7.0 mi (11 km) southeast of Columbia. It is located 0.8 mi (1.3 km) north of State Highway 13, and 2.6 mi (4.2 km) south of U.S. Highway 98. Approximately half of Unit 6 is within the Marion County Wildlife Management Area (WMA).
(ii) Map of Unit 6 (Marion County WMA) follows:
(12) Unit 7: Scotch WMA—Clarke County, Alabama.
(i) This unit is bordered by Salitpa Creek to the south, Tallahatta Creek to the north, and Harris Creek to the west. It is located approximately 2.7 mi (4.3 km) southeast of Campbell, and approximately half of the unit is on the Scotch Wildlife Management Area (WMA). Unit 7 is located 1.1 mi (1.8 km) north of the intersection of Old Mill Pond Road and Reedy Branch Road.
(ii) Map of Unit 7 (Scotch WMA) follows:
(13) Unit 8: Fred T. Stimpson WMA—Clarke County, Alabama.
(i) This unit is located between Sand Hill Creek and the Tombigbee River, is approximately 2.5 mi (4 km) north of Carlton, and is 1.0 mi (1.6 km) south of the intersection of County Road 15 and Christian Vall Road. The southern half of this unit is on the Fred T. Stimpson Wildlife Management Area (WMA).
(ii) Map of Unit 8 (Fred T. Stimpson WMA) follows:
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of proposed rulemaking and announcement of public meeting.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) proposes to revise its test procedure for residential furnaces and boilers established under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act. This rulemaking will fulfill DOE's obligation to review its test procedures for covered products at least once every seven years. The proposed rule generally considers revisions based on the latest industry standards incorporated by reference, clarifications to the set-up and methodology, as well as new procedures for verification of the design requirements for certain categories of boilers and for estimating electrical consumption of furnaces and boilers. DOE is also announcing a public meeting to discuss and receive comments on issues presented in this test procedure rulemaking.
The public meeting will be held at the U.S. Department of Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 8E-089, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585. To attend, please notify Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945. Persons may also attend the public meeting via webinar. For more information, refer to section V, “Public Participation,” section near the end of this notice.
Interested parties are encouraged to submit comments using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
•
•
•
A link to the docket Web page can be found at:
For further information on how to submit a comment, review other public comments and the docket, or participate in the public meeting, contact Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945 or by email:
Ms. Ashley Armstrong, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC, 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-6590. Email:
Mr. Eric Stas, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC, 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-9507. Email:
For information on how to submit or review public comments, contact Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-2945. Email:
DOE intends to incorporate by reference the following industry standards into 10 CFR part 430: ASTM-D2156—09 (Reapproved 2013).
Copies of ASTM-D2156—09 can be obtained from the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) at ASTM Headquarters, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, (877) 909-2786 or (610) 832-9585, or go to
Title III, Part B
Under EPCA, the energy conservation program generally consists of four parts: (1) Testing; (2) labeling; (3) Federal energy conservation standards; and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. The testing requirements consist of test procedures that manufacturers of covered products must use as the basis for: (1) Certifying to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA, and (2) making other representations about the efficiency of those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c); 42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with any relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s))
Under 42 U.S.C. 6293, EPCA sets forth the criteria and procedures that DOE must follow when prescribing or amending test procedures for covered products. EPCA provides, in relevant part, that any test procedures prescribed or amended under this section shall be reasonably designed to produce test results which measure energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of a covered product during a representative average use cycle or period of use, and shall not be unduly burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3))
In addition, if DOE determines that a test procedure amendment is warranted, it must publish proposed test procedures and offer the public an opportunity to present oral and written comments on them. (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(2)) Finally, in any rulemaking to amend a test procedure, DOE must determine to what extent, if any, the proposed test procedure would alter the product's measured energy efficiency as determined under the existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1))
Further, the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007), Public Law 110-140, amended EPCA to require that at least once every 7 years, DOE must review test procedures for all covered products and either amend the test procedures (if the Secretary determines that amended test procedures would more accurately or fully comply with the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) or publish a notice in the
DOE's current energy conservation standards for residential furnaces and boilers are expressed as a minimum Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE). AFUE is an annualized fuel efficiency metric that accounts for fuel consumption in active, standby, and off modes. The following discussion provides a brief history of the rulemakings underlying the existing test procedure for residential furnaces and boilers.
The existing DOE test procedure for determining the AFUE of residential furnaces and boilers is located at 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix N,
On October 20, 2010 DOE amended its test procedure for furnaces and boilers to establish a method for measuring the electrical energy use in standby mode and off mode for gas- fired and oil-fired furnaces and boilers, as required by EISA 2007. 75 FR 64621. These test procedure amendments incorporated by reference, and were based primarily on, provisions of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standard 62301 (First Edition),
Most recently, on January 4, 2013, DOE published a request for information (RFI) in the
In this NOPR, DOE proposes to modify the existing DOE test procedure for residential furnaces and boilers to improve the consistency and accuracy of test results generated using the DOE test procedure and to reduce test burden. DOE's proposals in the NOPR are based on data collected during product testing, as well as public comment received on the January 2013 RFI. A summary of the data analysis is included in the furnace and boiler development testing report (“Testing Report”).
In overview, DOE proposes to amend the residential furnaces and boilers test procedure by incorporating by reference ASHRAE Standard 103-2007 (hereinafter referred to as ASHRAE 103-2007) in place of ASHRAE 103-1993, which currently is referenced in the existing test procedure. In addition, this notice proposes to adopt modifications that establish revised test procedures for two-stage and modulating products, as well as for boilers with long post-purge times that would not otherwise be included in the incorporation by reference of ASHRAE Standard 103-2007.
DOE also proposes to amend the test procedure to include: (1) Allowing the measurement of condensate under steady-state conditions during the steady-state test rather than requiring an additional 30 minutes of testing after the steady-state conditions are established; (2) revised annual electricity consumption equations to account for additional electrical components; (3) revised test procedure references to “manufacturer recommendations” or “manufacturer's instructions” that do not explicitly identify the source of the recommendations or instructions; (4) a test protocol for determining the functionality of the automatic means for adjusting water temperature, (5) adopting a test method to indicate the absence or presence of airflow to determine whether the minimum default draft factor may be used; (6) revised required reporting precision for AFUE; (7) specifying testing requirements for units that are installed without a return duct, and (8) testing requirements for units with multiposition configurations. The specific proposed changes to the test procedure are presented at the end of this notice.
In any rulemaking to amend a test procedure, DOE must determine to what extent, if any, the proposed test procedure would alter the measured efficiency of any covered product as determined under the existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) For residential furnaces and boilers, DOE has tentatively determined that the proposed test procedure amendments would have a
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE sought input from interested parties on the following topics: (1) Test conditions impacting the AFUE metric; (2) test conditions impacting non-AFUE efficiency parameters; (3) the incorporation of a performance test to verify compliance with the design requirement that mandates the boiler must have a functioning automatic means for adjusting water temperature; (4) harmonization of standards; (5) reducing the test burden; (6) alternative methods for determining furnace/boiler efficiency; and (7) scope of test procedure coverage. 78 FR 675, 676-79 (Jan. 4, 2013). The following 14 interested parties submitted written comments: American Gas Association (AGA), National Propane Gas Association (NPGA), American Public Gas Association (APGA), Lennox Industries Inc.—PD&R (LII), United Technologies (UT) and Carrier (UT&C), Ingersoll Rand Residential Solutions (IRRS), Crown Boiler Company (CBC), U.S. Boiler Company (USBC), Energy Kinetics, Inc. (EKI), Rheem Manufacturing Company (RMC), the Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI), Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), Natural Resources Canada (NRCan), and Goodman Global, Inc. (GGI). Stakeholders provided comments on a range of issues, including those DOE identified in the January 2013 RFI, as well as several other pertinent issues related to the proposed test procedure changes and also clarification and consideration of some additional opportunities for improvement. The following discussion addresses the specific topics and provides DOE's responses to stakeholder comments.
The proposed test procedure amendments cover those products that meet the definitions for residential furnaces and boilers, as codified in DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 430.2, which defines a furnace as a product that: (1) Utilizes only single-phase electric current, or single-phase electric current or direct current (DC) in conjunction with natural gas, propane, or home heating oil; (2) is designed to be the principal heating source for the living space of a residence; (3) is not contained within the same cabinet with a central air conditioner whose rated cooling capacity is above 65,000 Btu per hour; (4) is an electric central furnace, electric boiler, forced-air central furnace, gravity central furnace, or low pressure steam or hot water boiler; and (5) has a heat input rate of less than 300,000 Btu per hour for electric boilers and low pressure steam or hot water boilers and less than 225,000 Btu per hour for forced-air central furnaces, gravity central furnaces, and electric central furnaces.
The definitions for the individual products covered in this test procedure, as codified in DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 430.2, include: (1) An
This notice proposes amendments that would be made in 10 CFR 430.3, 10 CFR 430.23, and in 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix N. Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6293(c)(2), effective 180 days after DOE prescribes or establishes a new or amended test procedure, manufacturers must make representations of energy efficiency, including certifications of compliance, using that new or amended test procedure.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE requested comments about improving the residential furnace and boiler test procedure's effectiveness in quantifying energy efficiency performance under typical field conditions. 78 FR 675, 677 (Jan. 4, 2013). DOE identified opportunities to reduce variability, eliminate ambiguity, and address discrepancies between the test procedure and actual field conditions. DOE received input on a variety of issues, including: (1) Updating the incorporated ASHRAE Standard 103 from the 1993 version to the 2007 version; (2) measurement of condensate under steady-state conditions; (3) measurement of additional electrical consumption for modulating products and auxiliary components; (4) installation and operational manual reference; (5) verification test for automatic means for adjusting water temperature; (6) AFUE reporting precision; (7) oversize factor; (8) supply and return water temperature; (9) default factors, including draft, jacket loss, and seasonal factors; (10) calculation simplification for burner cycling and draft losses; (11) room ambient temperature and humidity ranges; (12) burner operating hours determination; (13) alignment of vent stack configuration with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards; (14) harmonization of pressure drop requirements; (15) alternative methods for determining the efficiency of residential furnaces and boilers; (16) the scope of the test procedure; and (17) full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy metrics in the AFUE test. In addition, DOE considered: (18) Specifying ductwork requirements for units that are installed without a return duct and (19) specifying testing requirements for units with multiposition configurations. The proposed test procedure amendments are addressed in further detail immediately following.
The DOE test procedure for determining the AFUE of residential furnaces and boilers currently references industry test standard ASHRAE 103-1993. The ASHRAE Standard 103-1982 test procedure was initially developed in 1982 based on the DOE test procedures for single-stage furnaces and boilers recommended by Kelly
DOE received several comments regarding updating its incorporation by reference of ASHRAE 103-2007 in the DOE test procedure. Lennox, NRDC, and NRCan responded in favor of adopting the 2007 version of ASHRAE 103 without requesting specific changes. Additionally, Goodman, Carrier, AHRI, and Ingersoll Rand requested that DOE consider adopting the newer version, but with some exceptions. Rheem expressed concerns about the adoption of specific provisions of ASHRAE 103-2007 that in their view would not be an improvement to the current version DOE has incorporated by reference. These comments are addressed in further detail subsequently.
Lennox stated that the company generally supports incorporation by reference of the new version of the ASHRAE standard into the DOE test procedure. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2) NRDC also supports the use of ASHRAE 103-2007 to the extent that the standard is fully up-to-date and not controversial from a technical perspective. (NRDC, No. 14 at p. 1) NRCan also supports the use of ASHRAE 103-2007 and stated that Canada has already used it to update its oil-fired boiler regulations. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 1) Goodman supports DOE's intent to update references to the most current edition of industry test procedures as well. Goodman also recommended better coordination between the development of DOE's and ASHRAE's test procedures to reduce the regulatory burden on
AHRI conditionally agreed with updating the test procedure based on ASHRAE 103-2007 but stated that DOE must try to avoid making changes just for the sake of making changes. AHRI also recommended DOE consider: (1) Not incorporating sections 11.4.9.11 and 11.4.9.12 of ASHRAE 103-2007 because those provisions add a consequential burden to manufacturers without an obvious benefit; and (2) that the table of Design Heating Requirements (DHR) (Table 8 in the 1993 edition) has been deleted from the 2007 version, and the associated calculations,
Ingersoll Rand acknowledged that on balance, adoption of ASHRAE 103-2007 in its entirety would be an improvement over currently referenced ASHRAE 103-1993. However, in its comments, Ingersoll Rand identified changes made to the 2007 version that are troublesome and need further study, such as the change to the on/off timings of two-stage and modulating products, which has been found to result in lower AFUE results for high-efficiency furnaces (90+ percent AFUE) and higher AFUE results for less-efficient furnaces (80+ percent AFUE). Ingersoll Rand also stated its view that the changes are significant enough require retesting and rerating of current equipment. In addition, the change to how DHR is determined would change the electrical usage calculation, which may require recalculating electrical usage estimates for all products and could result in delisting of many current Energy Star products. (Ingersoll Rand, No. 8 at p. 2)
Rheem also commented on ASHRAE 103-2007 provisions. Rheem stated that Table 7 (Average Burner On-Time and Off-Time Per Cycle for Furnaces and Boilers) from ASHRAE 103-2007 should not be included in the DOE test procedure. Rheem believes that the ASHRAE 103-2007 method for calculating the on and off cycle times based on a calculated oversize factor has value, but that the calculation is flawed due to the assumption that the thermostat cycle response at 50-percent load, N
In addition, according to Rheem, the elimination of the requirement to test the efficiency at maximum input rate for multi-stage products would significantly reduce the burden on manufacturers. Rheem argued that currently, the efficiency at the maximum input rate has very little, if any, effect on the overall AFUE rating and is not representative of operation of the furnace in the field. Rheem stated that an AFUE metric for multi-stage products, that incorporates measured values at a reduced input that is close to the design load is a more appropriate representation of furnace operation in the average home. Rheem suggested that multi-stage products be tested at the lowest reduced input rate and the highest reduced input rate below 60 percent of furnace rated capacity.
Rheem highlighted that ASHRAE 103-2007 and ASHRAE 103-1993 allow an option to collect condensate over an additional three cycles (ASHRAE 103-2007, section 9.8.5), but the standards do not sufficiently address the issue of variation of condensate flow at varying cycle rates. ASHRAE 103-2007 addresses variation within subsequent cycles at a single rate but does not address differences between cycle rates. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 6-7)
In response to the stakeholder comments, DOE notes that results from testing to ASHRAE 103-2007 more accurately reflect the efficiency of two-stage/modulating models because the standard calculates the on/off cycle times for such models, as opposed to ASHRAE 103-1993, which assigned fixed values to these parameters. When tested under the ASHRAE 103-1993 test procedure, some two-stage/modulating units operate at reduced fire more than 95 percent of the time.
Another calculation revision addressed by ASHRAE 103-2007 is the equation used for determining off-period losses. ASHRAE 103-1993 limits the post-purge period to three minutes after the burner is shut off, thereby producing inaccurate flue loss results for oil-fired boilers that require a post-purge time longer than three minutes. ASHRAE 103-2007 addresses this issue by providing a calculation to account for greater flue losses for boilers with post-purge times longer than three minutes.
Additionally, ASHRAE 103-2007 provisions allow calculating AFUE for two-stage and modulating products based on the reduced fuel input only when the balance point temperature (T
Finally, ASHRAE 103-2007 improved the accuracy of the determination of national average burner operating hours (BOH), average annual fuel energy consumption (E
Burner operating hours account for the heat provided by the fuel and electrical components. In the calculation for the number of annual burner operating hours (BOH
In addition, the current DOE test procedure calculates E
In conclusion, DOE has tentatively decided to incorporate by reference ASHRAE 103-2007 with amendments as set forth in this rulemaking. DOE has tentatively concluded that ASHRAE 103-2007 offers significant improvements over ASHRAE 103-1993 through the changes made to the AFUE calculation method for two-stage/modulating products, for products with a post-purge period longer than 3 minutes, and for the determination of BOH, E
DOE considered the possibility of reducing test burden by providing that the condensate mass can be measured during the establishment of steady-state conditions, rather than after steady-state has been achieved. Section 9.2 of both ASHRAE 103-1993 and ASHRAE 103-2007 requires that the measurement of condensate shall be conducted during the 30-minute period after steady-state conditions have been established. To reduce test burden, DOE proposes to allow for the measurement of condensate during the establishment of the steady-state conditions (ASHRAE 103-2007, section 9.1) rather than during a 30-minute period after establishing steady-state conditions (ASHRAE 103-2007, section 9.2). DOE investigated the difference in condensate mass collected and the rate of condensate production during the two separate periods (
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE stated that it would consider amendments to account for the electrical consumption of additional components not already captured by the existing DOE test procedure. 78 FR 675, 678 (Jan. 4, 2013). Currently, the DOE residential furnace and boiler test procedure measures only the power supplied to the power burner motor, the ignition device, and the circulation pump. The existing DOE test procedure does not explicitly include other devices that use power during the active mode, such as the gas valve, safety and operating controls, and internal pumps used to maintain a minimum flow rate through the heat exchanger that do not function as system circulating pumps.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE requested comment on whether the boiler average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption calculations should include one system circulating pump and an additional pump (if present) that circulates water during burner operation, and how to address any electrical power consumption not already measured during the active mode.
AHRI commented that the electrical consumption of any internal circulating pump should be included in the test procedure. However, AHRI stated that in most designs, the operation of this internal circulating pump is directly tied to the operation of the burner (
The current DOE test procedure accounts for the power consumed by the ignition device, circulating pump, and power burner motors, but it does not account for the power used by other devices during the active mode (
Lennox, Rheem, and AHRI did not support measuring additional electrical power consumption that is not already measured during the active mode. Lennox stated that manufacturers typically connect two power cords to their furnaces for efficiency testing, one for the blower motor and one for the rest of the furnace; therefore, all the significant electrical power consumption is being recorded. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 3) Rheem commented that the manufacturer has already included the power consumed by the gas valve and safety operating controls in the measurement of electrical power to the burner (PE). Rheem categorized the control, inducer, and gas valve as components of the burner system. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 10) AHRI recommended that DOE not address this issue, as power consumed by other devices during the active mode may already be measured. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 6) In contrast, Carrier recommended that all electrical power consumption needed to operate the appliance should be measured during active mode and included in the annual electrical consumption calculation. (Carrier, No. 7 at p. 2)
DOE performed electrical measurements to investigate the presence of auxiliary electrical energy consumption not accounted for in the existing test procedure. DOE concluded that there is significant measureable auxiliary electricity consumption associated with components such as controls, gas valves, and additional pumps (if present), which is not captured by the specific methods of electrical measurement prescribed in the existing DOE test procedure. Therefore, DOE proposes to expand the electricity use equations and the applicable parameter definitions to specifically capture all active mode electricity use. In particular, DOE proposes to add two new terms to the calculations of E
DOE has tentatively concluded that the additional electrical components (secondary, pump, controls, and gas valve) represent a significant, measurable amount of the total electrical power. Therefore, DOE proposes to include electrical consumption of additional electrical components in the test procedure, as this would provide for a more accurate and complete measurement of the total electricity consumed by the furnaces and boilers.
The existing DOE test procedure specifies that the tested product is to be set up according to “manufacturer's recommendations” or “manufacturer's instructions.”
APGA, Lennox, Carrier, Rheem, AHRI, and NRDC all agreed that DOE should consider changes to its furnaces and boilers test procedure to better account for recommended field settings for those products. APGA stated that DOE should test appliances according to field settings because setting up products in a manner inconsistent with recommended field guide settings raises safety concerns for the testing professional as well as future customers, and testing appliances in a manner inconsistent with recommended field guide settings may yield inaccurate data. According to APGA, appropriate installation procedures are important to ensure proper furnace/boiler performance, especially with vent configurations. (APGA, No. 5 at p. 2) Lennox also stated that the test procedure should be revised to specify that the tested product be set up according to recommended field settings, as defined in the product's
Carrier and Rheem offered specific instances in which manufacturer set-ups should be used in testing. Carrier specified that if a product has a unique and required set-up specified in the manufacturer's instructions such that the only way of using the product is as defined in the manufacturer's instructions, the DOE test procedure should allow for testing using these instructions. However, if the instructions for a unique set-up are merely optional for the use of a product, then the default should be to test per the DOE test procedure. (Carrier, No. 7 at p. 2) Rheem commented that if the operation manual requires that the furnace should be set at a low-fire rate, it would be appropriate to make the same adjustment in the DOE test procedure for the AFUE test. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 9)
In response, DOE proposes changing the test procedure language to explicitly state that, where permitted by the test procedure, the testing recommendations should be drawn from the I&O manual shipped with the unit. The existing language (
In 2008, DOE published a technical amendment to the 2007 furnace and boiler final rule to add design requirements for boilers consistent with the provisions of EISA 2007.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE sought comment regarding any principles or tests currently used, or being considered for use, to evaluate whether a boiler design satisfies the automatic means requirement. 78 FR 675, 678 (Jan. 4, 2013).
AHRI recommended that DOE not consider this issue. AHRI commented that the designs being used to comply with the automatic means requirement are so diverse that it is not possible to develop a test that could properly evaluate all these design solutions. It stated that any benefit from this concept is overwhelmed by its potential for controversy. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 6) NRCan provided a verification test it developed that is based on: (1) Identification of how the automatic control infers a change of load; (2) simulating a change to that variable; and (3) measuring the response from the control. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 5-6)
DOE's RFI also sought comment on required inputs and types of technologies needed to project changes in demand, and the relationships between these inputs/technologies and supply temperature or pump/burner operation. 78 FR 675, 678 (Jan. 4, 2013). DOE received no comments regarding the technologies and/or strategies used for adjusting the boiler supply water temperature based on inferred heat load. The following describes DOE's understanding of the technologies used to address the boiler design requirements.
Based on the overall comments and the provided draft test methodologies, DOE proposes the use of two test methods—one for single-stage boilers and one for two-stage/modulating boilers—for verification of the functionality of the automatic means for adjusting the water temperature supplied by a boiler. These test methods are independent of the AFUE test because the automatic means requirement is a design requirement and is not part of the minimum efficiency requirements. The draft testing methodologies provided by NRCan, as well as the California mechanical codes section for non-residential boilers,
As discussed previously, the requirement to incorporate an automatic means does not specify how a manufacturer must implement the automatic means. It only requires that an incremental change in inferred heat load produce a corresponding incremental change in heat output. Each of the proposed test methods allows for accommodation of technological advances in controls and designs and does not limit the innovation of this control type.
The proposed test methods for automatic means verification would confirm whether the boiler heat output responds to a change in inferred heat load, thereby verifying the functionality of the automatic means. Specifically, the single-stage boiler test captures the delayed burner reaction following a call for heating when residual heat is present within the boiler. The two-stage/modulating test monitors water temperature settings from the inferential load controller and/or supply water temperature measurements to determine whether these values properly respond to changes in the inferred load. The proposed tests would be added to 10 CFR part 429.134.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE requested feedback on existing default draft factor values for furnaces and boilers. 78 FR 675, 676-77 (Jan. 4, 2013). Existing draft factors, as specified in the test procedure,
Ingersoll Rand commented that testing burden can be reduced by improving draft factor default values. (Ingersoll Rand, No. 8 at p. 1) Rheem indicated that the default draft factor for furnaces should be lowered for today's furnaces. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2) Rheem stated that for all furnaces, it uses a value for D
Lennox stated that the test procedure should specify the conditions under which it is appropriate to use the minimum default draft factor of 0.05, and also should include instructions explaining how to test for low or no flow through the heat exchanger. It added that furnaces designed with burners above the outlet of the heat exchanger/combustion air inducer usually have no flow through the heat exchanger and into the vent system. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2) AHRI recommended that the test procedure should continue to use a minimum
DOE tested several furnaces and boilers and used the measured mass flow rate to calculate D
Additionally, DOE recognizes that stakeholders have indicated that they are interested in the test procedure providing better direction as to how to determine whether a boiler model design and/or performance would qualify the boiler to use the minimum default draft factor of 0.05 (
Upon further inquiry, it is DOE's understanding that the commonly used test to prove “no flow” is based on tracer gas testing and/or identification of designs that ensure no chance of airflow. However, experience with the tracer gas testing applied to these types of product designs indicates that the tracer gas method does not produce consistent and repeatable results for very low to no-flow conditions. In addition, DOE is not aware of any existing design characteristics that provide for “absolutely” no chance of airflow.
DOE has not found a consistent and widely accepted test method to determine whether the use of the minimum default draft factor value is appropriate for a given model. To address this issue, DOE considered retaining the existing language in conjunction with the following methods:
(a) Define design characteristics which ensure no flow through the combustion chamber and heat exchanger;
(b) Use of commonly applied tracer gas method;
(c) Smoke stick protocol; and
(d) A combination of (b) and (c).
DOE considered defining product design characteristics, such as downflow heat exchangers and availability of combustion intake dampers, which would be used for identifying products, which meet the requirements of sections 8.8.3 and 9.10 of ASHRAE 103. However, DOE understands that identified design characteristics do not always guarantee that there will be no chance of measurable airflow through the combustion chamber and heat exchanger when the burner is off.
DOE also considered the use of the existing tracer gas test. As addressed in the previous discussion, in instances where the measured D
After considering the alternatives, DOE proposes to incorporate a test based on the use of a smoke stick. The proposed test protocol would establish the absence of flow through the heat exchanger using a smoke stick device for products designed with no measurable airflow. If the smoke from the stick passes by the combustion air intake without visual disturbance, then it indicates that there is no measurable airflow through the heat exchanger. If the smoke from the stick is visually induced into the combustion air intake, then it indicates that there is measurable airflow through the heat exchanger. The smoke stick test is not intended to quantify the volume of air moving through the heat exchanger. If the smoke stick test indicates that there is an absence of flow through the heat exchanger, the use of the minimum default factor would be allowed (per sections 8.8.3 and 9.10 of incorporated ASHRAE Standard 103). In the event that the smoke stick test indicates the presence of airflow, the use of the optional tracer gas test
Additionally, DOE proposes to include revisions to the incorporated requirements of sections 8.8.3 and 9.10 of ASHRAE 103-2007, specifically to accommodate the use of the smoke stick test and to eliminate use of the term “absolutely” in sections 8.8.3 and 9.7.4. See proposed sections 7.12, 8.10, and 8.11 of 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix N for the detailed test protocol and language revisions.
DOE's existing furnaces and boilers test procedure specifies that the AFUE rating be rounded to the nearest whole percentage point (see 10 CFR 430.23(n)(2)). In the January 2013 RFI, DOE sought comment on how much precision is statistically possible when reporting AFUE. 78 FR 675, 678 (Jan. 4, 2013).
Lennox, Carrier, Rheem, and AHRI commented that the AFUE rating should be reported to the nearest tenth of a percent. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 3; Carrier, No. 7 at p. 2; Rheem, No. 12 at p. 9; AHRI, No. 13 at p. 5) Rheem added that furnaces listed in the AHRI Directory report AFUE values at this level of specificity. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 9) AHRI stated that rounding AFUE values to the nearest tenth of a percent has been common industry practice for furnaces and boilers, and it provides a sufficient level of accuracy to distinguish models that have different efficiencies. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 5)
DOE understands that reporting AFUE values to the nearest tenth of a percent has been common industry practice for furnaces and boilers. DOE agrees with stakeholders that reporting AFUE values to the nearest tenth of a percent will provide a sufficient level of precision to distinguish models that have different efficiencies. Therefore, DOE proposes to update the existing requirement for residential furnaces and boilers to report AFUE to the nearest tenth of a percentage point.
Section 7.2.1 of ASHRAE 103-1993, incorporated by reference in the existing DOE test procedure, specifies use of a return duct for all furnaces according to Figure 1 and Figure 2 in section 7.2.1. During DOE's furnace and boiler testing, it was observed that there could be some ambiguity about testing requirements for units that manufacturers have designed to be installed without a return duct. To eliminate such ambiguity, DOE proposes to add a provision in the test procedure clarifying that the return (inlet) duct is not required during testing for units intended to be installed without a return duct, according to the manufacturer's I&O manual.
The current DOE test procedure does not specify the testing requirements for multiposition furnaces.
To reduce ambiguity, DOE proposes to require that multiposition furnaces be tested using, at a minimum, the least-efficient position. DOE is also expressly allowing manufacturers to test multiposition furnaces in other configurations in addition to the least efficient if they wish. DOE understands that currently, most multiposition models are already tested using multiple configurations because the existing DOE test procedure has different requirements and test setup for each configuration, which can result in different AFUE ratings. Therefore, DOE believes that in most cases, there would be no additional testing burden to the manufacturer associated with this clarification. DOE notes that, under this proposal, the manufacturer must either: (1) represent the efficiency of each of the various configurations using the AFUE of the least-efficient configuration and certify them pursuant to the requirements in 10 CFR part 429 or (2) test and certify the various configurations pursuant to the requirements in 10 CFR part 429.
Regarding multiposition furnaces not shipped with an open inlet, DOE proposes to allow testing of the unit using only the blower access door. This testing approach allows the value of the test unit to be preserved and reduces the length of the set-up time.
In the RFI, DOE requested comment as to whether the existing statistical variability of AFUE is acceptable. 78 FR 675, 677 (Jan. 4, 2013). The statistical variability within the test procedure depends on the permissible variations in test conditions (room ambient temperature, return water temperature, and product hourly Btu nameplate input rating) and the existing equipment measurement error associated with the measurement of variables (such as firing rate, heating media temperatures, flow rates, fuel calorific value, weight of condensate, water flow and temperature, voltage, and flue gas composition). DOE sought comment and received input on whether the existing tolerance ranges for test conditions and statistical variability in the test procedure are acceptable or whether DOE should define different methods of measuring and recording such variables.
The DOE test procedure allows for variations in certain test conditions. While these conditions do not directly impact the accuracy of the of the test method, they may impact the reproducibility of the AFUE results determined under the range of allowable test conditions.
Rheem commented that the firing rate varies with run time; having a wider tolerance ensures that a sample furnace may be set at an appropriate rate at the beginning of a test and stay within the tolerance for the duration of the test. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 7) Lennox added that any additional narrowing of the firing rate tolerance range from ±2% could cause the product to drift out of range while conducting the steady-state, heat-up, and cyclic condensate collection tests. According to Lennox, variations in gas valve performance can cause gas manifold pressures to vary slightly over time while conducting the test, thereby affecting the firing rate. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2) Several of the stakeholders reiterated that DOE should only consider changing tolerances if DOE has data supporting the change. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2, Carrier, No. 7 at p. 1, Rheem, No. 12 at p. 7, AHRI, No. 13 at p. 3) NRDC commented that permissible variations for tests can be used, from a positive perspective, to avoid the need to control arbitrary conditions in an overly tight or an overly expensive way, or they can be used, from a negative perspective, as a way of influencing the results by choosing the end of the tolerance range that gives the best AFUE. The commenter stated that DOE should review existing certifications to make sure that the latter is not happening, and tighten the permissible variation ranges if it is. (NRDC, No. 14 at p. 1) Other
DOE has addressed room ambient air conditions and boiler supply and return water temperature ranges in sections III.E.5 and III.E.7 of this notice. For product hourly Btu nameplate input rating, DOE agrees with Lennox that the variation in gas valve performance does not allow further narrowing of the tolerance range. Additionally, there are no data to support such a change. Therefore, DOE has decided not to propose changes to the allowable tolerance range on firing rate because of the increased manufacturer burden.
On the subject of the appropriateness of the existing test procedure tolerances on measured variables, AHRI, Rheem, Carrier, and Lennox all stated that they believe the existing tolerances for measured variables such as fuel calorific value, weight of condensate, water flow and temperature, voltage, flue gas composition, firing rate, heating media temperatures and flow rates, and ambient air temperatures are acceptable. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 3; Rheem No. 12 at p. 7; Carrier, No. 7 at p. 1; Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2)
To establish the overall uncertainty of the test procedure, DOE developed an analytical tool that determines the AFUE of residential furnaces and boilers based on ASHRAE 103-1993 provisions. The methodology applies Monte Carlo simulations that use distributions of values for all variables with defined measurement error. The tool is implemented as a computer spreadsheet with an add-on program to perform 10,000 iterations of the simulation. The parameter uncertainty ranges were defined based on the tolerances specified in section 5 and section 8.6.1.3 (jacket loss) of ASHRAE 103-1993 and ASHRAE 103-2007, which are incorporated by reference or are proposed to be incorporated by reference, respectively, in the DOE test procedure.
Table 1 provides a summary of the maximum standard deviations by product type, using the existing DOE test procedure. For the models tested, AFUE uncertainty ranged from 0.1 (for modulating condensing boilers) to 0.4 (for single-stage non-condensing boilers). Detailed results of the uncertainty analysis are presented in the Testing Report, which can be found in the docket for this rulemaking.
Based on DOE's analysis of the uncertainty associated with AFUE and stakeholder input, DOE agrees that, overall, the tolerances as specified within the existing DOE test procedure (section 5 of 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix N) allow for an acceptable level of uncertainty. Considering stakeholders' input, the lack of data supporting any other specific changes to the existing tolerances, and the results of the uncertainty analysis, DOE proposes no modifications to any of the measurement tolerances in the existing test procedure.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE considered incorporating a method to measure part-load efficiency for modulating products with variable-speed motors. 78 FR 675, 678 (Jan. 4, 2013). Modulating units are often equipped with electronically commutated motors that allow for variable-speed operation of circulating blowers and pumps and combustion blowers. Motor efficiency changes as a function of partial loading (operation at speeds other than the nominal speed), which occurs as a result of a change in firing rate. These types of motors consume less energy when the product is functioning at lower speeds (
Carrier, Rheem, and AHRI all opposed incorporating in the proposed test procedure a method for calculating part-load motor efficiency into its electricity consumption calculations. Carrier stated that motor efficiency is fairly constant within the useable operating range and that the benefits attendant to adding part-load efficiency provisions is not worth complicating the calculations. (Carrier, No. 7 at p. 2) Rheem commented that the existing test procedure does not assume a fixed motor efficiency: the E
Modifying the method to include part-load testing (in addition to the required testing at full and reduced-load operation) for determining the electricity consumption for modulating products would result in a minor improvement of the accuracy of the electricity consumption calculations. However, incorporating part-load electricity consumption testing for modulating products would require a significant amount of additional testing in the modulating mode of operation. Therefore, DOE has tentatively concluded that including additional provisions for part-load testing for modulating products would impose an undue burden on manufacturers without providing a significant benefit to the customer. Thus, DOE does not propose to modify the existing method for determining the electricity consumption for modulating products.
DOE's January 2013 RFI also requested feedback on parameters that account for heat losses through the furnace or boiler jacket, including: (1) An overall jacket loss value (L
Ingersoll Rand argued that the testing burden can be reduced by improving jacket loss default values. (Ingersoll Rand, No. 8 at p. 1) Rheem stated that the existing default jacket loss value is too high, and that a value more representative of the results of an actual jacket loss test may eliminate the need for this test. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2) Rheem stated that testing of current production furnaces indicates jacket losses (L
Several stakeholders indicated that applying the existing jacket loss default factors may result in an overestimation of the AFUE rating of furnaces and boilers. NRCan commented that the definition of the permitted default jacket loss value and jacket loss factors should be re-examined to ensure that jacket losses from furnaces and boilers are accurately calculated and reflect the way that those products are typically installed in residential applications. NRCan also stated that DOE should clarify and review the definitions for “isolated combustion system,” “direct vent system,” and “systems intended to be installed indoors” to ensure that the definitions unambiguously lead to and clearly identify the appropriate jacket loss factors for residential furnaces and boilers. In addition, NRCan stated that the jacket loss factor (C
DOE understands that determining jacket loss through testing presents a testing burden for manufacturers. The existing test procedure sets the default jacket loss value at 1 percent. Rheem and AHRI reported that the jacket losses determined through testing are about half the default value, which for non-weatherized furnaces represents an AFUE increase of up to 1.2 percent
Based on available test data, DOE has tentatively concluded that changing the jacket loss default value would be inappropriate at this time. DOE tested a number of residential furnaces and boilers according to the test methods prescribed in section 7 of the DOE test procedure and used the resulting measurements to calculate L
The existing DOE test procedure identifies default jacket loss factors C
(A) weatherized warm air furnaces or boilers are located out-of-doors;
(B) warm air furnaces which are not weatherized are located indoors and all combustion and ventilation air is admitted through grills or ducts from the outdoors and does not communicate with air in the conditioned space; and
(C) boilers which are not weatherized are located within the heated space.”
During the heat-up and cool-down tests, flue gas temperatures are measured at various time intervals throughout the test. These measurements are used when determining the impact of the cyclic conditions on AFUE. Several terms in the AFUE calculation are dependent on the measurements from the heat-up and cool-down tests. The use of default seasonal factors may reduce overall manufacturer test burden by making the “heat-up” and “cool-down” tests (and their associated calculations) unnecessary. In the January 2013 RFI, DOE requested input from stakeholders as to whether such default factors are a feasible alternative to testing and whether such factors correlate to the physical characteristics of the product. 78 FR 675, 677 (Jan. 4, 2013).
AHRI recommended that DOE consider replacing the heat-up and cool-down tests with default seasonal factors. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 2) Both Lennox and Rheem stated that they were in favor of replacing the heat-up and cool-down tests with seasonal default factors to reduce the test burden. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 1; Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2) Lennox agreed that the physical characteristics of the product may have a bearing on the heat-up and cool-down test values and their effect on the AFUE. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 1) Rheem suggested that data from the heat-up test show a difference between condensing and non-condensing furnaces in the calculated value of AFUE. In contrast, Rheem also stated that data from the cool-down test do not show a difference between condensing and non-condensing furnaces and, in general, the cool-down test has a minimal effect on AFUE. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2) Rheem recommended separate default values for CT
In DOE's view, replacing CT
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE requested comment on whether simplifying the calculation for determining the burner cycling and draft losses used to compute seasonal efficiency is a viable alternative to testing, and whether or not such a simplification would result in a less precise assessment of the efficiency rating. 78 FR 675, 677 (Jan. 4, 2013).
AHRI recommended that DOE try to simplify the calculation procedure for determining the burner cycling and draft losses. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 2) Lennox likewise stated support for DOE's efforts in simplifying the calculation procedure for determining the burner cycling and draft losses. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2) Rheem suggested that, based on the minimal variation in CT
Although stakeholder comments indicate agreement with simplification of the calculation process, data are required to substantiate a change to the values. Given the lack of proposed simplifications and supporting data, DOE does not propose to simplify the calculation for determining the burner cycling and draft losses at this time.
The DOE test procedure for residential furnaces and boilers set forth in 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix N, which currently incorporates by reference ASHRAE 103-1993, includes a steady-state and a cyclic condensate collection test for modulating and two-stage condensing furnaces and boilers. The amount of condensate produced, which captures the latent energy of the flue gases, is a major determinant of AFUE for condensing products but is sensitive to the humidity and temperature of the room ambient air. Under the existing DOE test procedure, the room temperature may not fall below 65 °F or exceed 100 °F, except for condensing furnaces and boilers, for which the room temperature may not exceed 85 °F. Additionally, the existing test procedure specifies a maximum relative humidity limit of 80 percent. To improve the comparability of AFUE for models tested under different conditions within the allowable range of room ambient conditions, DOE considered revisions to these conditions as set forth in the current DOE test procedure. In particular, in the RFI, DOE requested comment as to the appropriateness of tightening the allowable room air temperature range. 78 FR 675, 677 (Jan. 4, 2013). Several stakeholders provided comments in response to this request.
NRCan stated that the ambient room temperature tolerance for testing condensing furnaces should be tightened. NRCan stated that in the DOE test procedure for water heaters, the ambient air temperature is required to be maintained between 65.0 °F and 70.0 °F (18.3 °C and 21.1 °C) on a continuous basis. An ambient temperature range from 65 °F to 85 °F, as currently permitted for condensing furnaces and boilers, might be too wide, resulting in greater variation of AFUE for models tested under different temperature conditions. (NRCan, No. 15 at p 1-2) APGA stated that a furnace test may produce higher AFUE results during a hot summer day; to aid customers in comparing products, the testing conditions (with regards to ambient air temperature) should be similar. (APGA, No. 5 at p. 2)
Carrier supported consideration of a narrower window for allowable room air temperature range, provided that the low temperature limit is not increased above 65 °F. (Carrier, No. 7 at p. 1) AHRI commented that the topic merits consideration but also that DOE must recognize that any tightening of the range may either require test facility changes to control temperature or limit a manufacturer to conducting this test only during certain times of the year when the outside ambient conditions allow the test facility to be within the specified range. AHRI suggested that if DOE's inclination is to tighten this range, this consideration should include the option of a mathematical correction to adjust results when a test is conducted with the room temperature
Lennox similarly commented that tightening the allowable ambient air temperature range may require some test facilities to implement test facility temperature control. In the case of non-condensing furnaces, this would prove costly and burdensome to manufacturers while providing little value to consumers, because AFUE is not significantly impacted by ambient room temperatures for such products. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 2)
The AFUE of condensing boilers is also affected by room ambient humidity ratio because the amount of condensate produced depends in part on the moisture content of the ambient air: The higher the humidity ratio, the more condensate is available from which a boiler can extract heat. Crown Boiler stated that the current humidity limit significantly increases the amount of condensate a condensing boiler can collect compared to what is theoretically possible under typical operating conditions. Crown Boiler stated that most residential condensing boilers are designed so that they can be directly vented to outside the home; in addition, AFUE is currently calculated based on venting using outdoor air at a temperature assumed to be 42 °F. Based on this, in Crown Boiler's view, the upper limit for humidity for testing condensing boilers should be the humidity ratio at 100 percent relative humidity at 42 °F. According to Crown Boiler, this equates to a room humidity of slightly more than 20 percent at the current maximum allowable 85 °F ambient temperature. Limiting the relative humidity would help to ensure that the testing conditions accurately reflect the assumptions made in the test procedure calculations. However, Crown Boiler also stated that the decision to limit room humidity should not be taken lightly, as it could create a significant new test burden for manufacturers who may need to construct environmental chambers in order to continue performing AFUE testing during humid weather. Given the burden associated with restricting room humidity, Crown Boiler requested that even if such changes prove warranted for condensing boilers, DOE should not change the limitations for room humidity for furnaces or non-condensing boilers, unless there are data to justify such a change for these types of products. Crown Boiler stated that the imposition of this burden may be justified for condensing boilers in order to ensure that the energy performance is more accurately represented in the marketplace. Crown Boiler stated that it would also support the adoption of a computational technique for correcting results from testing done at higher relative humidity (RH) levels back to a standard RH that can be realistically expected in the field. (Crown Boiler, No. 9 at pp. 1-2)
AHRI stated that DOE should give careful consideration before amending the DOE test procedure to specify a relative humidity range. AHRI also recommended that mathematical corrections should be taken into consideration in lieu of tightening the room air humidity range. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 3)
The stakeholder comments discussed two options for addressing the room ambient conditions during testing: (a) Introduce a mathematical correction methodology that normalizes condensate production during the AFUE test to a standard set of ambient conditions while retaining the existing ambient temperature ranges and (b) further restrict temperature and humidity ranges during testing.
DOE investigated the impact of ambient conditions on AFUE of non-condensing units by testing one non-condensing furnace and one non-condensing boiler under several sets of ambient conditions. Based on the testing results, DOE concluded that the room ambient air temperature and humidity do not have a statistically significant impact on the AFUE of non-condensing furnaces and boilers. (See Testing Report.) Therefore, for non-condensing products, DOE has tentatively decided not to propose revisions to the existing ambient temperature and humidity ranges.
To evaluate the impact of varying room ambient conditions on condensing product efficiency, DOE conducted eight separate AFUE tests on one modulating condensing boiler and one two-stage condensing furnace (four tests per unit) based on the existing DOE test procedure. For the tested furnace model, the AFUE difference between the tests conducted at varying ambient conditions shows that AFUE may vary as much as 2.3 percent. This variation in AFUE is greater than the uncertainty associated with the measurement error and is attributed to changes in ambient conditions between the tests. For the tested boiler model, the test results show that the AFUE of the tests conducted at varying ambient conditions are within the overall measurement uncertainty; therefore, the variation in AFUE cannot be attributed to changes in ambient conditions based on the data. The details of the test results can be found in the Testing Report.
DOE investigated a computational method for normalizing condensate mass to a set of standard ambient conditions in order to limit the variability in reported AFUE from tests conducted at various ambient temperatures and humidity levels. To assess the validity of the normalization methodology, DOE utilized the test data from the eight AFUE tests performed at different temperature and humidity conditions.
Applying the normalization approach to the test data resulted in significant differences in the calculated AFUE values at different room ambient conditions, particularly for the furnace models. DOE conducted a statistical evaluation to determine whether the differences in the adjusted AFUE values at different room ambient conditions can be solely attributed to measurement tolerances. For the statistical evaluation, DOE assumed that only two factors impacted condensate collection: Room ambient conditions and measurement accuracy. Based on the results from the statistical evaluation, which are described in the Testing Report, DOE concluded that the normalization methodology does not eliminate the variability of AFUE due to the room ambient conditions.
Based on the analyzed test data and the outcome of the statistical test, the normalization approach appears to be ineffective. Therefore, DOE is not proposing to implement a mathematical approach for normalizing condensate production to a standard set of conditions during the AFUE test.
Alternatively, DOE assessed whether to further restrict the currently required room temperature and humidity ranges during testing. To determine whether narrowing the admissible range of ambient conditions would impact the ability of the test facility to perform testing, DOE assessed the average ambient conditions (dry-bulb temperature and relative humidity) using Typical Meteorological Year 3 (TMY3) data
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE sought comment as to whether the use of the existing oversize factor
Energy Kinetics, Rheem, NRCan, and NRDC all agreed that the existing 0.7 oversize factor merits review. Energy Kinetics stated that the fixed 0.7 oversizing factor provides misleading information to the marketplace: A boiler that is perfectly sized will have no benefit in the AFUE rating compared to a system that is oversized by a factor of five. (Energy Kinetics, No. 11 at p. 2) Rheem would appreciate clarification from DOE on the definition of “average oversizing” and the specific assumptions that lead to a national value. Rheem stated that it has seen no indication that replacement furnaces are less oversized than in the past, but there is an important effect due to the increasing market share of multistage products. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 8) DOE acknowledges that when units operate at the reduced input rate in the cycling mode, the unit is considered to be properly sized at the reduced rate to meet the heating load.
Energy Kinetics, Rheem, and NRDC each offered recommended adjustments to the existing oversize factor. Energy Kinetics stated that fuel consumption data coupled with degree-day analysis indicate that an oversize factor of 2.0 (
In contrast, Carrier and AHRI commented that the oversize factor, as set forth in the existing test procedure, does not need to be reviewed. However, Carrier recommended, in the event that DOE does not adopt ASHRAE 103-2007, DOE should use the same fixed oversize factor for maximum input on modulating products, which is currently not the way the incorporated modulating section of ASHRAE 103-1993 assigns an oversize factor. (Carrier, No. 7, p. 2) AHRI commented that the heating loads of today's residences tend to be lower because of tighter building envelopes and weatherization improvements, but this does not correlate directly to any change in the oversize factor. It added that the increased use of two-stage and multistage models reduces the significance of having an accurate oversize factor in the test procedure. AHRI stated that in the field, the oversize factor only relates to the full input rate of the furnace or boiler. When the unit is operating at the reduced rate, it will fire at an input much closer to the estimated design heating load of the house. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 4)
A literature review conducted by DOE in response to stakeholder comments revealed a variety of recommended oversize factors. Some sources recommended lower values. For example, the Cold Climate Housing Research Center stated that, although the assumed national oversize factor is 0.7, recent developments in software and sizing techniques have allowed installers to size appliances more closely to the Air Conditioners Contractors of America (ACCA) guidelines of using an oversize factor of 0 to 0.4 (
Other researchers found a higher range of oversize factors. Research by Arctic Energy Systems of South Central Alaskan Homes found that forced-air furnace oversizing ranged from 66 percent to 223 percent, with an average of 121 percent.
Another study was conducted by the city of Fort Collins, Colorado, to assess the impact of the city's 1996 energy code (implementation experience, compliance rates, and energy-saving results).
After considering the available information, DOE tentatively concludes that the revisions incorporated in ASHRAE 103-2007 have effectively addressed oversize factor corrections for two-stage and modulating products, and that the literature supports the continued use of an oversize factor of 0.7. Although Energy Kinetics, Rheem, NRCan, and NRDC commented that there is merit in reviewing the oversize factor, no data were provided that would support a change to the existing oversize factor. Moreover, based on recent research evaluating the sensitivity of AFUE to a change in oversize factor,
Currently, the DOE test procedure sets the temperature of water delivered to the boiler (
APGA, Energy Kinetics, and NRCan agreed that the boiler water supply temperatures merit review. APGA commented that supply water temperatures can vary in different regions and seasons, and these regional and seasonal variations should be taken into account when measuring boiler performance. (APGA, No. 5 at p. 2) NRCan stated that for boilers, the supply and return water temperatures used to determine AFUE should approximate the temperatures that will be used after the appliance is installed. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 4) Energy Kinetics stated that the nominal test return water temperature of 120 °F and supply water temperature of 140 °F used for determining AFUE are not representative of the supply and return water temperatures used in typical hydronic heating system installations, and the actual operational and off cycle temperatures may vary based on boiler controls. Energy Kinetics also stated that the performance of these controls is not assessed in the test method because of the fixed water temperatures used for the test, and that the exception for low-temperature radiant applications referenced in the RFI has very limited relevance to American homes because of the small fraction of boilers installed in low-temperature radiant systems. (Energy Kinetics, No. 11 at p. 2-3)
AHRI did not agree that the supply water temperatures specified for testing boilers need to be changed. AHRI recommended that DOE consider including the low-water-temperature test in Appendix F of ASHRAE 103-2007 as an additional test for use by manufacturers if they choose to provide supplemental information. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 4-5)
The supply water temperature in the existing DOE test procedure has been used to represent average supply temperature conditions of various boiler designs and applications. DOE acknowledges that return water temperatures may vary by application for different types of products; however, DOE has tentatively concluded that the existing temperature value allows for consistent comparison of AFUE between non-condensing and condensing models. Therefore, DOE does not plan to change the supply/return water temperatures for boilers in the DOE test procedure.
DOE acknowledges AHRI's suggestion of identifying Appendix F of ASHRAE 103-2007 as the test method for use in determining seasonal efficiency testing at low supply water temperatures in the event that a manufacturer chooses to publish this efficiency information. In denying a prior waiver request from PB Heat, DOE clarified that it is permissible for a manufacturer conducting low-water-temperature seasonal efficiency (LWTSE) testing to present such results in product literature and to make related supplemental statements; however, AFUE test results generated under the DOE test procedure must continue to be disclosed, and LWTSE results must provide reasonable, clear, and distinguishable representations of those results to the consumer. 75 FR 25228 (May 7, 2010). While DOE permits publication of these data as supplemental information, these measurements are not part of DOE's test procedure.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE explored whether the parameters used to calculate the burner operating hours in the DOE test procedure (national average home-heating loads) should be amended due to changes in housing construction and climate conditions. 78 FR 675, 678 (Jan. 4, 2013). DOE sought comment on whether revised national
Carrier, Rheem, and AHRI did not support changing the burner operating hours. Carrier commented that unless there are compelling data showing the average conditions have changed significantly from what is currently the basis for the test procedure, it does not see a need to change the burner operating hours calculations. (Carrier, No. 7 at p. 2) Rheem admitted that it has not studied climatic conditions that would affect the burner operating hours, but it recommended that the national average heating load hours should not change. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 10) AHRI recommended that DOE not consider this issue, as using a different average burner operating hours just moves the scale of comparison but provides no added value to consumers. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 6) In contrast, NRCan commented that operating times used to determine annual fuel and electrical energy consumption ratings should be based on representative loads for the specific types of products. (NRCan, No. 15 at pp. 4-5)
DOE does not believe that there is sufficient evidence to substantiate a change in the national average heating load hours that are used to calculate the burner operating hours in the existing DOE test procedure. Therefore, DOE is not proposing changes to the existing value of the national average heating load hours.
The installation configuration of a furnace or boiler vent stack depends on the type of product and the intended installation location. Currently, the configuration requirements for vent stacks used during testing differ between ANSI Z21.13
Lennox, Carrier, and AHRI stated that DOE should keep the existing test procedure vent stack configuration. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 3; Carrier, No. 7 at p. 2; AHRI, No. 13 at p. 5) Lennox stated that changes to the vent stack configuration provisions would shift the AFUE values and provide no practical benefit to consumers. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 3) AHRI stated that the existing configuration is appropriate for efficiency testing and that the vent configurations in safety standards are different because they focus on safety considerations. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 5)
Rheem and NRCan commented that the requirements in the identified ANSI standards merit consideration. Rheem stated that aligning the test procedure with the ANSI Z21.47 vent stack configuration, which is meant to represent a marginal installation and not a typical installation, would require the use of uninsulated and slightly shorter vents for AFUE testing. This change would affect the vent temperature slightly, lowering the test AFUE. Rheem suggested that DOE should consider adopting the same vent stack requirements as used in the ANSI Z21.47 standard in order to reduce the number of test vents that must be maintained in the laboratory. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 9) NRCan commented that the test procedure should adopt the same vent stack requirements as set forth in ANSI Z21.13 or ANSI Z21.47. NRCan stated that ultimately, the test procedure should incorporate whichever vent stack configurations are the most representative of typical field installations. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 4)
In response, DOE recognizes that there is a potential opportunity for reducing testing burden associated with the storage and mounting of multiple vent stacks, and reducing the testing differences between ANSI Z21.13/ANSI Z21.47 and DOE's test procedure. However, several stakeholders expressed the opinion that any reduction in test burden would not be significant enough to outweigh the potential impacts to AFUE and any re-testing required as a result of new stack configurations. DOE also agrees with Rheem's comment that the change in stack configuration has the ability to impact AFUE in a way that may make the AFUE results less representative of actual field conditions. Because the ANSI standards address both safety and performance, the tests specify the minimum configurations for safe installation, and are not necessarily representative of product field installations. Furthermore, DOE believes the potential reduction in test burden associated with this change is not significant enough to offset the impact to the AFUE rating. Based on these considerations, DOE proposes not to pursue changes to the DOE test procedure that would require the use of the stack configuration as specified in ANSI Z21.13 and ANSI Z21.47 standards for boiler and furnace products.
In the January 2013 RFI, DOE sought comment on differences in efficiency performance caused by differences in minimum static pressure requirements between ASHRAE 103-2007 (Table IV) and DOE's recently published furnace fan test procedure,
Lennox expressed support for harmonizing to the minimum static pressure requirements listed in ASHRAE Standard 103-2007, rather than the much higher static pressures in DOE's furnace fan test procedure. (Lennox, No. 6 at p. 3) NRCan stated that it is difficult to predict the effects of revising the reference system in appendix N to match the proposed reference system in the furnace fan test procedure or vice versa. It commented that ideally the air duct reference system in both appendix N and the proposed furnace fan test procedure should be revised and harmonized to reflect realistic installations. NRCan went on to state that DOE should also consider harmonizing the minimum duct static pressures for gas furnaces and oil furnaces. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 6) Rheem stated that the evaporator coils used in today's Rheem products have a pressure drop of close to 0.3 in. w.c. for an airflow rate of 350 cfm/ton and 0.4 in. w.c. at an airflow rate of 400 cfm/ton. Since the introduction of the 13 Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER) minimum efficiency regulations, Rheem argued that the assumptions supporting the minimum static pressure in Table 4 of ASHRAE 103-1993 are no longer true and that higher static
AHRI recommended that DOE not consider this issue because it does not affect the AFUE measurement, so any change would have little to no value. It added that DOE should wait until the furnace fan test procedure is finalized before any further consideration is given to this issue. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 6)
Stakeholders' input indicates that the impact of harmonizing the static pressure requirements in the residential furnaces and boilers test procedure and the furnace fan test static pressure conditions in the furnace fans test procedure is uncertain and would require further study. DOE investigated a method applied in the furnace fan test procedure for the purposes of measuring the airflow at the required static pressure. This method was proposed by AHRI and uses procedures and a test setup consistent with those used for the DOE test procedure for furnaces. However, the method specifies a maximum airflow-control setting that is consistent with operation in cooling mode but may not be suitable in heating mode operation, which is required for determining AFUE. Therefore, DOE proposes not to change the minimum static pressure requirements from those set forth in the existing furnaces and boilers test procedure.
As noted in the January 2013 RFI, DOE is aware of alternative methods to measure the heating efficiency of residential furnaces and boilers. In particular, DOE sought input on Brookhaven National Laboratory's test procedure for combination boilers,
Energy Kinetics offered an extensive critique of the current DOE furnace efficiency metric (AFUE), maintaining that the metric restrains progress in the residential boiler market, fails to provide insight about a product's energy performance and actual field performance, does not reflect the real performance efficiencies of boilers, is based on incorrect concepts of hydronic heating systems, and potentially rewards poor performing boilers with high ratings. Energy Kinetics commented that the AFUE test for boilers is obsolete and should be replaced with a more appropriate metric such as the linear input/output method developed by Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL). Energy Kinetics believes that this method provides several benefits, including greater accuracy, accounting for design improvements in products, and better differentiation between poorly performing and better performing products. Energy Kinetics commented that BNL's linear input/output metric also much more closely reflects annual efficiency than AFUE alone, and could also replace the heat-up/cool-down tests, which do not capture seasonal efficiency. (Energy Kinetics, No. 11 at p. 4) AHRI recommended that DOE not consider any other procedures for measuring furnace and boiler efficiency. It stated that there is no value in considering wholesale changes to the current test procedure, and the effects on manufacturers and others would be significant and negative. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 7)
Energy Kinetics recommended that DOE should abandon the current AFUE procedure and replace it with BNL's thermal efficiency test. Energy Kinetics identified the advantages of the BNL test in broad terms, but did not attempt to quantify the benefits that would result from its implementation. DOE understands that BNL's test accounts for jacket losses, which gives an efficiency advantage to well-insulated boilers. However, by definition, most boilers under DOE's test procedure are assumed to be indoor boilers, and, therefore, considers all jacket losses to be useful heat.
DOE considered the stakeholders' input about adopting alternative test procedures, specifically the test method developed by BNL. However, there are insufficient data regarding the accuracy and applicability of the linear input/output method to determine its feasibility as a measure of efficiency for residential furnaces and boilers. Additionally, DOE is statutorily required to use the metric of AFUE to calculate the efficiency of all residential furnace and boiler products.
Currently, there is no DOE test procedure for determining the efficiency of combination products that can provide both space heating and domestic hot water. However, there are DOE test procedures for the individual components (boiler and water heater) of a combined appliance to determine efficiency ratings for each primary function (space heating and domestic water heating). ASHRAE has an existing test procedure, ASHRAE 124-2007 (Methods of Testing for Rating Combination Space-Heating and Water-Heating Appliances), which provides a test method to rate the performance of a combination space-heating and water-heating appliance. In the January 2013 RFI, DOE sought input on expanding the scope of the existing DOE test procedure to include definitions and test methods for combination products. 78 FR 675, 679 (Jan. 4, 2013).
AHRI supported the concept of covering combination products in general, but voiced concern as to whether a test procedure appropriate for all such types of combination products can be developed. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 7) Rheem commented that it may be difficult to measure energy use of modular components in combination products. Rheem believes that the market for combination products is too new to support combined energy efficiency ratings. (Rheem, No. 12 at p.11-12) NRCan stated that an expansion of the scope of the test procedure to include definitions and test methods for combination products may not be advisable. It noted that because the characteristics of one component of a combination system can strongly influence the performance of others, it is vital that the appliance be tested as a system rather than as separate components. NRCan suggested that combination appliances are different enough to warrant a separate rulemaking rather than trying to include them within appendix N. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 7) Energy Kinetics stated that a rating for combination heat and domestic water heating systems has
DOE agrees that the concept of covering combination products has merit. However, DOE prefers not to delay or complicate this rulemaking in pursuit of test procedure requirements for combination products. DOE plans to continue to seek input about the development of a test procedure for combination appliances. DOE may consider a separate rulemaking devoted specifically to combination appliances in the future.
Regarding another test procedure issue, Energy Kinetics commented that the well-established impact of idle losses
In response, the DOE test procedure accounts for idle losses associated with boiler space heating in the heating season efficiency value. DOE recognizes that the idle losses during non-space heating operation (
On December 31, 2012 DOE published a test procedure final rule for residential furnaces and boilers to address the standby mode and off mode energy consumption of these products. 77 FR 76831. In the January 2013 RFI, DOE requested comments on test procedure provisions for determining standby mode and off mode energy use. 78 FR 675, 679 (Jan. 4, 2013).
AHRI stated it had no specific comments regarding standby mode and off mode energy consumption at the time, though it generally agreed that these modes should be considered as part of this rulemaking. (AHRI, No. 13 at p. 7) NRCan stated that standby mode and off mode power should include all “connected loads” rather than selected loads from a few identified components. It noted that a default value could be considered for a control thermostat and/or automatic temperature reset control to account for the fact that different furnace and boiler controls (with different electricity consumption characteristics) may be installed with the appliance. It added that a control transformer that is included with a furnace or boiler should be included within the base electric measurements, as it will be a part of the connected load after installation. (NRCan, No. 15 at p. 8)
DOE conducted a review of the IEC Standard 62301 and did not identify any changes or revisions to that standard that would necessitate updating sections of the DOE test procedure pertaining to standby mode or off mode calculations. DOE's standby mode and off mode power measurements include only auxiliary components that are part of the furnace and boiler, including the automatic temperature reset. The standby mode or off mode power of components such as the furnace controls that respond to the house thermostat input are included; however, the electricity consumption of the house thermostat device itself is not considered in the overall standby mode and off mode electricity consumption, because it is independent of the furnace or boiler. Furthermore, DOE is not aware of representative electricity consumption values that could be used as default values for the house thermostat.
In comments on the January 2013 RFI, AGA stated that DOE should continue the transition toward use of full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy metrics by developing a secondary energy descriptor for residential furnaces and boilers that reflects either extended site or FFC energy metrics. (AGA, No. 3 at pp. 1-4) AGA stated that EPCA does not preclude the use of additional or secondary energy descriptors that provide useful information to consumers on the energy consumption and environmental impacts of their appliance choices. It stated that implementing an extended site or FFC energy descriptor would not require alteration of any test methods for the appliances, as a simple calculation can be done using the primary (site-based) energy descriptor as an independent variable.
AGA pointed out that in DOE's August 2011 FFC Statement of Policy, DOE committed to working with other Federal agencies to make readily available to consumers improved information on energy consumption and emissions impacts of comparable products.
AGA also contends that adding an FFC energy descriptor to the test procedures for residential furnaces and
DOE agrees with AGA that an FFC energy descriptor for furnaces could provide consumers and other parties with useful information for comparing products. Indeed, in its FFC Statement of Policy, DOE stated its intention to “work with other Federal agencies to make readily available to consumers improved information on the energy use, life-cycle cost and associated emissions of comparable products, even if those products use different forms of energy.” 76 FR 51281, 51289 (Aug. 18, 2011). However, DOE is not convinced that this test procedure is the appropriate vehicle for deriving an FFC energy descriptor for furnaces (or other products). As discussed in the Notice of Policy Amendment Regarding Full-Fuel-Cycle Analyses, DOE intends to use the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS) as the basis for deriving the energy and emission multipliers used to conduct FFC analyses in support of future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). DOE also uses NEMS to derive factors to convert site electricity use or savings to primary energy consumption by the electric power sector. NEMS is updated annually in association with the preparation of the Energy Information Administration's (EIA)
DOE believes that there are more suitable means to derive an FFC energy descriptor for residential furnaces and boilers, and, more generally, to provide consumers improved information on the energy use and associated emissions of furnaces and other products. DOE remains committed to work with the FTC and other interested parties to develop such information. Furthermore, DOE intends to estimate FFC energy savings in future energy conservation standards rulemakings for furnaces, and to take those savings into account in proposing and selecting amended standards.
EPCA requires that the test procedures DOE prescribes or amends be reasonably designed to produce test results that measure the energy efficiency, energy use, water use (in the case of showerheads, faucets, water closets, and urinals) or estimated annual operating cost of a covered product during a representative average use cycle or period of use. These procedures must also not be unduly burdensome to conduct.
Under the proposed test procedure, the cycle on and off times are calculated as a function of high and reduced input capacity, as opposed to under the existing test procedure, which specifies a burner on time of 10 minutes and off time of 10 minutes for two-stage and step-modulating furnaces, and a burner on time of 15 minutes and off time of 15 minutes for two-stage and step-modulating boilers. In DOE's view, the proposal requiring manufacturers to perform calculations to determine burner cycling times as opposed to using standard fixed values would impose a small additional burden on manufacturers. However, the additional time necessary to calculate the cycle times would likely be offset by the shorter cycling times during testing, which may result in overall shorter test duration. In addition, the proposed calculation method for determining AFUE for two-stage and modulating products would allow the use of reduced fuel input only, allowing manufacturers to bypass the high fire test for many of these units. Therefore, on average, DOE expects little or no additional burden as the result of this proposed revision.
Allowing the condensate to be measured during the establishment of steady-state conditions rather than during an additional 30-minute period once steady-state conditions have been established would reduce the time required to measure condensate mass and, thus, would reduce the test burden to manufacturers while still providing accurate results.
DOE believes that capturing the total electrical consumption will significantly improve the accuracy and consistency of the reported electricity consumption across different models as well as align the test procedure with current field practices. Furthermore, in many cases, the total electricity consumption is already being captured during testing. Therefore, for most manufacturers, including additional measurements of electrical consumption would introduce little to no additional test burden.
The proposed inclusion of reference to the approved I&O manual could provide additional guidance and clarity to the test procedure. DOE believes that this proposal would reduce the burden and time requirements by allowing the manufacturers to utilize information already available in the manufacturers' literature instead of instructions derived solely for AFUE testing purposes. Therefore, DOE expects that there would be no additional costs associated with this revision.
Included within the proposed test procedure is the adoption of a method for verifying the functionality of the design requirement that requires an automatic means for adjusting water temperature. This test would be conducted independently of the AFUE test and would require additional time and labor beyond the existing AFUE test procedure. DOE expects that the required measurements should be able to be conducted using the same components and material required for the existing AFUE test. DOE has also tentatively concluded that the extra test is warranted to verify that the various controls for automatic means for adjusting water temperature operate as expected.
DOE assumes that manufacturers currently perform the tracer gas test to determine whether the minimum default draft factor of 0.05 may be used. DOE believes that when establishing the absence of flow through the heat exchanger, the use of the smoke stick test will reduce the test burden to manufacturers by eliminating, in some cases, the need for the tracer gas test.
For these reasons, DOE concludes that the amended test procedures proposed in the NOPR would not be unduly burdensome to conduct.
When DOE modifies test procedures, it must determine to what extent, if any, the new test procedure would alter the measured energy efficiency or energy use of any covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) For the reasons described subsequently, DOE has determined that none of the proposed test procedure amendments would significantly alter the projected measured energy efficiency or energy use of the covered products that are the subject of this rulemaking.
The test procedure amendments in this proposed rule would affect the test
The one amendment in this proposed rule that might alter the AFUE of covered products is the incorporation by reference of ASHRAE 103-2007. DOE does not believe that the resulting changes in AFUE would require amending the applicable energy conservation standard or affect compliance with the standard. The impact on AFUE from the incorporation mentioned previously for two-stage and modulating non-condensing residential furnaces or boilers is small and tends to increase the AFUE. Furthermore, two-stage and modulating features are usually associated with premium or higher efficiency products. The product tests performed by DOE and stakeholder comments confirm that a model that would need to be re-rated using the provisions adopted in this notice would have a resulting AFUE above the current minimum required efficiency.
The Office of Management and Budget has determined that test procedure rulemakings do not constitute “significant regulatory actions” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this regulatory action was not subject to review under the Executive Order by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
DOE reviewed the proposed rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. 68 FR 7990. DOE has concluded that the rule would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this certification is as follows:
For manufacturers of residential furnaces and boilers, the Small Business Administration (SBA) has set a size threshold, which defines those entities classified as “small businesses” for the purposes of the Act. DOE used the SBA's small business size standards to determine whether any small entities would be subject to the requirements of the rule. 65 FR 30836, 30848 (May 15, 2000), as amended at 65 FR 53533, 53544 (Sept. 5, 2000) and codified at 13 CFR part 121. These size standards and codes are established by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) and are available at
After DOE identified manufacturers of residential furnaces and residential boilers, DOE then consulted publically-available data and contacted companies, as necessary, to determine if they both meet the SBA's definition of a “small business” manufacturer and have their manufacturing facilities located within the United States. DOE screened out companies that did not offer products covered by this rulemaking, did not meet the definition of a “small business,” or are foreign-owned and operated. Based on this analysis, DOE identified 9 small businesses that manufacture residential furnaces and 9 small businesses that manufacture residential boilers (two of which also manufacture residential furnaces), for a total of 16 small businesses potentially impacted by this rulemaking.
This notice proposes amendments to DOE's test procedure by incorporating several changes that modify the existing test procedure for furnaces and boilers. This proposal includes the following changes: (1) Incorporation by reference of the ASHRAE 103-2007; (1) allowing the measurement of condensate under steady-state conditions during the steady-state test; (1) a revised annual electricity consumption test protocol and calculation methodology; (1) revisions to how the test procedure references “manufacturer recommendations” or “manufacturer's instructions;” (1) a test protocol for verifying the functionality of the automatic means for adjusting water temperature; (1) a smoke stick method
Most of the proposed test procedure amendments in this notice would have little or no impact on test burden. As stated in section III.E.15, updating the ASHRAE 103 reference from the 1993 to the 2007 version would, in DOE's view, result in little or no additional burden on average, while improving the accuracy of the test procedure. Revising the language to reference Installation and Operation Manuals would not impose any additional burden on manufacturers. Revising the reporting precision for AFUE also would not impose any additional burden on manufacturers. DOE notes that allowing the measurement of condensate under steady-state conditions during the steady-state test, rather than requiring an additional 30-minute period for measuring condensate after steady-state conditions have been established, would reduce the test burden, as it would lessen the overall duration of the test. Additionally, the proposed smoke stick method for determining whether the minimum default draft factor may be used is intended to reduce the test burden to manufacturers.
With respect to the proposal to include additional measurements of electrical consumption, DOE has evaluated the impact of measuring the electricity consumption of one additional component—the secondary pump—as part of the auxiliary electrical measurements. DOE has determined that this extra measurement would require 30 minutes of additional time to conduct the AFUE test. DOE has tentatively concluded that manufacturers would not have any additional material or component costs resulting from this proposal because these measurements should be able to be conducted using the same components and materials required for the existing measurements. DOE has estimated that at an assumed cost of $60 per hour for a lab technician, the cost to perform this additional electrical measurement is approximately $30 per unit tested.
The proposed method for verifying the functionality of the design requirement that requires an automatic means for adjusting water temperature would require additional time and labor beyond the existing AFUE test procedure. DOE expects that manufacturers would not have any major material or component costs associated with the required measurements and that they should be able to be conduct such testing using the same components and material required for the existing AFUE test. DOE expects that all affected parties should have this type of capability readily available. DOE has estimated that at an assumed cost of $60 per hour for a lab technician, the cost to perform these additional test measurements is approximately $90 per unit tested.
While DOE has estimated that the additional electrical measurements and the verification of automatic means would result in additional testing costs, two other proposed amendments—allowing the measurement of condensate under steady-state conditions during the steady-state test and the smoke stick method for determining the minimum default draft factor—would offset a portion of these additional test costs. For condensing furnaces and boilers that would benefit from the time and labor savings attributed to the measurement of condensate during the steady-state test, DOE estimates that the overall duration of the test would be reduced by 30 minutes. DOE has estimated that at an assumed cost of $60 per hour for a lab technician, the cost savings attributed to the measurement of condensate during the steady-state test is approximately $30 per unit tested. DOE estimated that condensing furnaces and boilers will account for about 40 percent and 36 percent of the market in 2015, respectively. Furthermore, DOE estimated that the smoke stick method for determining the minimum default draft factor would reduce the overall duration of the test by about 15 minutes for units designed to have no flow through the heat exchanger. However, DOE does not have sufficient information to support estimating the fraction of units that have been designed such that there is no flow through the heat exchanger. Therefore, DOE has not included the cost savings associated with the smoke stick test but has included the cost savings associated with the measurement of condensate.
To determine the potential cost of the proposed test procedure amendments on small furnace and boiler manufacturers, DOE estimated the cost of testing per basic model. DOE has estimated that the proposed test procedure changes would result in an additional testing cost of $30 per basic model for non-condensing furnaces, no additional cost per basic model for condensing furnaces, an additional testing cost of $120 per basic model for non-condensing boilers, and an additional testing cost of $90 per basic model for condensing boilers. (The cost savings attributed to the measurement of condensate during the steady-state test have been accounted for in the cost estimates.) DOE estimated that on average, each furnace small business would have 51 basic models, and each boiler small business would have 70 basic models. DOE applied the condensing product market shares to the basic model counts to account for the difference in cost estimates between non-condensing and condensing products. Then the additional testing cost associated with the proposed test procedure amendments was multiplied by the estimated number of basic models produced by a small manufacturer. DOE has estimated a total added cost of testing of $916 per furnace manufacturer and a total added cost of testing of $7,640 per boiler manufacturer.
When considering the costs just discussed, DOE believes they are very small relative to the overall cost of manufacturing, testing, and certifying residential furnace and boiler products. DOE seeks comment on its tentative conclusion.
For the reasons stated previously, DOE certifies that this rule, if adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, DOE did not prepare an initial regulatory flexibility analysis for the proposed rule. DOE will transmit its certification and a supporting statement of factual basis to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA for review pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b).
Manufacturers of residential furnaces and boilers must certify to DOE that their products comply with all applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the DOE test procedures for residential furnaces and boilers, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures, on the date that compliance is required. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.
In this proposed rule, DOE proposes amendments to its test procedure for residential furnaces and boilers. DOE has determined that this rule falls into a class of actions that are categorically excluded from review under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (August 10, 1999) imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have Federalism implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States, and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have Federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE examined this proposed rule and has tentatively determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the subject of this proposal. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297(d)) No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
Regarding the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and tentatively determined that, to the extent permitted by law, the proposed rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a “significant intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. (This policy is also available at
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
Pursuant to Executive Order 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,” 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this proposed rule would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed the proposed rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgated or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy; or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.
This regulatory action to amend the test procedure for measuring the energy efficiency of residential furnaces and boilers is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866 or any successor order. Moreover, it would not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as a significant energy action by the Administrator of OIRA. Therefore, it is not a significant energy action, and, accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects for this rulemaking.
Under section 301 of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95-91; 42 U.S.C. 7101
As discussed in section III.C.1 of this document, the proposed rule incorporates testing methods contained in the following commercial standard: ASHRAE Standard 103-2007,
DOE is proposing to incorporate by reference the test standard published by ASTM, titled “Standard Test Method for Smoke Density in Flue Gases from Burning Distillate Fuels,” ASTM-D2156-09 (Reapproved 2013). ASTM-D2156 is an industry accepted test procedure that establishes uniform test methods for the evaluation of smoke density in the flue gases from burning distillate fuels. The test procedure proposed in this NOPR incorporates by reference in its entirety which includes terminology, methods of testing, materials, apparatus, procedures, reporting, and precision and bias. ASTM-D2156-09 is readily available for purchase on ASTM's Web site at
The time, date, and location of the public meeting are listed in the
Please note that foreign nationals visiting DOE Headquarters are subject to advance security screening procedures. If a foreign national wishes to participate in the public meeting, please inform DOE of this fact as soon as possible by contacting Ms. Regina Washington at (202) 586-1214 or by email (
DOE requires visitors to have laptops and other devices, such as tablets, checked upon entry into the Forrestal Building. Any person wishing to bring these devices into the building will be required to obtain a property pass. Visitors should avoid bringing these devices, or allow an extra 45 minutes to check in. Please report to the visitor's desk to have devices checked before proceeding through security.
Due to the REAL ID Act implemented by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), there have been recent changes regarding identification (ID) requirements for individuals wishing to enter Federal buildings from specific States and U.S. territories. As a result, driver's licenses from several States or territory will not be accepted for building entry, and instead, one of the alternate forms of ID listed below will be required. DHS has determined that regular driver's licenses (and ID cards) from the following jurisdictions are not acceptable for entry into DOE facilities: Alaska, American Samoa, Arizona, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New York, Oklahoma, and Washington. Acceptable alternate forms
In addition, you can attend the public meeting via webinar. Webinar registration information, participant instructions, and information about the capabilities available to webinar participants will be published on DOE's Web site at:
Any person who has an interest in the topics addressed in this notice of proposed rulemaking, or who is representative of a group or class of persons that has an interest in these issues, may request an opportunity to make an oral presentation at the public meeting. Such persons may hand-deliver requests to speak to the address show in the
DOE requests persons selected to make an oral presentation to submit an advance copy of their statements at least one week before the public meeting. DOE may permit persons who cannot supply an advance copy of their statement to participate, if those persons have made advance alternative arrangements with the Building Technologies Program. As necessary, request to give an oral presentation should ask for such alternative arrangements.
Any person who has plans to present a prepared general statement may request that copies of his or her statement be made available at the public meeting. Such persons may submit requests, along with an advance electronic copy of their statement in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format, to the appropriate address shown in the
DOE will designate a DOE official to preside at the public meeting and may also use a professional facilitator to aid discussion. The meeting will not be a judicial or evidentiary-type public hearing, but DOE will conduct it in accordance with section 336 of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6306). A court reporter will be present to record the proceedings and prepare a transcript. DOE reserves the right to schedule the order of presentations and to establish the procedures governing the conduct of the public meeting. There shall not be discussion of proprietary information, costs or prices, market share, or other commercial matters regulated by U.S. anti-trust laws. After the public meeting, interested parties may submit further comments on the proceedings, as well as on any aspect of the rulemaking, until the end of the comment period.
The public meeting will be conducted in an informal, conference style. DOE will present summaries of comments received before the public meeting, allow time for prepared general statements by participants, and encourage all interested parties to share their views on issues affecting this rulemaking. Each participant will be allowed to make a general statement (within time limits determined by DOE), before the discussion of specific topics. DOE will allow, as time permits, other participants to comment briefly on any general statements.
At the end of all prepared statements on a topic, DOE will permit participants to clarify their statements briefly and comment on statements made by others. Participants should be prepared to answer questions by DOE and by other participants concerning these issues. DOE representatives may also ask questions of participants concerning other matters relevant to this rulemaking. The official conducting the public meeting will accept additional comments or questions from those attending, as time permits. The presiding official will announce any further procedural rules or modification of the above procedures that may be needed for the proper conduct of the public meeting.
A transcript of the public meeting will be posted on the DOE Web site and will be included in the docket, which can be viewed as described in the
All submissions must include the agency name and docket number EERE-2012-BT-TP-0024 and/or regulatory information number (RIN) 1904-AC79. No telefacsimilies (faxes) will be accepted.
However, your contact information will be publicly viewable if you include it in the comment itself or in any documents attached to your comment. Any information that you do not want to be publicly viewable should not be included in your comment, nor in any document attached to your comment. Otherwise, persons viewing comments will see only first and last names, organization names, correspondence containing comments, and any
Do not submit to
DOE processes submissions made through
Include contact information each time you submit comments, data, documents, and other information to DOE. If you submit via mail or hand delivery/courier, please provide all items on a compact disk (CD), if feasible, in which case it is not necessary to submit printed copies. No telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted.
Comments, data, and other information submitted to DOE electronically should be provided in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format. Provide documents that are not secured, written in English, and are free of any defects or viruses. Documents should not contain special characters or any form of encryption and, if possible, they should carry the electronic signature of the author.
Factors of interest to DOE when evaluating requests to treat submitted information as confidential include: (1) A description of the items; (2) whether and why such items are customarily treated as confidential within the industry; (3) whether the information is generally known by or available from other sources; (4) whether the information has previously been made available to others without obligation concerning its confidentiality; (5) an explanation of the competitive injury to the submitting person which would result from public disclosure; (6) when such information might lose its confidential character due to the passage of time; and (7) why disclosure of the information would be contrary to the public interest.
It is DOE's policy that all comments may be included in the public docket, without change and as received, including any personal information provided in the comments (except information deemed to be exempt from public disclosure).
Although DOE welcomes comments on any aspect of this proposal, DOE is particularly interested in receiving comments and views of interested parties concerning the following issues:
DOE requests comment from stakeholders on the proposed changes to the DOE test procedure resulting from incorporating the 2007 version of ASHRAE 103 with some limited modifications.
DOE requests comment from stakeholders on the proposed changes to allow for the measurement of condensate during the establishment of steady-state conditions (ASHRAE 103-2007, section 9.1).
In this NOPR, DOE proposes changes to the test procedure by updating the incorporation by reference of ASHRAE 103 to the 2007 version and by incorporating testing of auxiliary electricity components. DOE requests comment from stakeholders on these proposed changes.
DOE requests comment on its proposal to clarify the test procedure language to explicitly state that testing recommendations should be drawn from each product's approved I&O manual, and to provide a specific combustion airflow ratio, reduced fuel input rate, and draft settings when the manufacturer does not provide recommended values in the I&O manual provided with the unit.
DOE seeks stakeholder comment on any additional methods for inferring building heat load to ensure that DOE's proposed test method validates the functionality of all strategies currently available in the market used to provide an automatic means for adjusting water temperature.
DOE is interested in whether, in addition to the proposed smoke stick test, other options exist for measuring or indicating the absence of flow through the heat exchanger.
DOE's existing furnaces and boilers test procedure specifies that the AFUE rating be rounded to the nearest whole percentage point. DOE requests comment on its proposal to update the existing requirement for residential furnaces and boilers to report AFUE to the nearest tenth of a percentage point.
DOE requests comments on the proposal to add a provision in the test procedure clarifying that the return
DOE requests comment on its proposal to allow testing of units configured for multiple position installations to use the blower access door as an option instead of one of the inlet openings.
DOE requests comment from stakeholders on DOE's preliminary determination not to propose changes to the test procedure regarding room ambient temperature and humidity, neither in the form of a mathematical correction methodology nor by limiting the existing ambient condition ranges.
DOE did not receive data supporting a change to the existing oversize factor of 0.7. DOE proposes to maintain the existing oversize factor and seeks comment on the appropriateness of this strategy.
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this notice of proposed rulemaking.
Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Small businesses.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE proposes to amend parts 429 and 430 of Chapter II, Subchapter D of Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
42 U.S.C. 6291-6317.
(c) [Reserved].
(d) [Reserved].
(e)
(1)
(B)
(C)
(ii)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(iii)
(B)
(C) Terminate the call for heat.
(2) Test protocol for two-stage and modulating products. This test is intended to verify the functionality of the design requirement that a boiler has an automatic means for adjusting water temperature. The nature of this test method allows the functional testing of the control strategy that ensures that an incremental change in inferred heat load produces a corresponding incremental change in temperature of water supplied.
(i)
(B) Establishing flow rate and temperature rise.
(
(
(C)
(ii) Establishing inferred load conditions for reduced boiler output.
(A)
(
(B)
(
(C)
(
(D)
(
(iii)
(B)
(
(3) Terminate the call for heating.
42 U.S.C. 6291-6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.
(1) Is designed to be the principal heating source for the living space of a residence;
(2) Is not contained within the same cabinet with a central air conditioner whose rated cooling capacity is above 65,000 Btu per hour;
(3) Is an electric central furnace, electric boiler, forced-air central furnace, gravity central furnace, or low-pressure steam or hot water boiler; and
(4) Has a heat input rate of less than 300,000 Btu per hour for electric boilers and low-pressure steam or hot water boilers and less than 225,000 Btu per hour for forced-air central furnaces, gravity central furnaces, and electric central furnaces.
The revisions read as follows:
(f) * * *
(10) ASHRAE Standard 103-2007, (“ASHRAE 103-2007”), Methods of Testing for Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency of Residential Central Furnaces and Boilers, ANSI approved March 25, 2008, IBR approved for § 430.23, appendix N, and appendix AA to subpart B.
(i)
(1) ASTM-D2156—09 (Reapproved 2013), Method of Test for Smoke Density in the Flue Gases from Distillate Fuels, approved December 1, 2009, IBR approved for appendix N to subpart B.
(2) [Reserved]
(n) * * *
(2) The annual fuel utilization efficiency for furnaces, expressed in percent, is the ratio of the annual fuel output of useful energy delivered to the heated space to the annual fuel energy input to the furnace determined according to section 10.1 of appendix N of this subpart for gas and oil furnaces and determined in accordance with section 11.1 of the American National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 103-2007 (incorporated by reference, see § 430.3) for electric furnaces. Round the annual fuel utilization efficiency to the nearest one-tenth of a percentage point.
2.0
2.3
On and after [
Until [
1.0
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
a. To facilitate the activation of other modes (including activation or deactivation of active mode) by remote control (including thermostat or use patterns) or internal or external sensors (temperature);
b. Continuous functions, including information or status displays (where present).
2.12
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.1
a. Install the furnace or boiler in the test room in accordance with the I&O manual, as defined in section 2.7 of this appendix, unless a specific provision of the referenced test procedure applies. The exception to this case is that if additional provisions within this appendix have been specified, then the provisions herein drafted and prescribed by DOE shall govern. If the I&O manual and any additional provisions are not sufficient for testing a furnace or boiler, the manufacturer must request a waiver from the test procedure pursuant to 10 CFR 430.27.
b. If the I&O manual indicates the unit should not be installed with a return duct, then the return (inlet) duct specified in section 7.2.1 of ASHRAE 103-2007 is not required.
c. Test multiposition furnaces in the least-efficient configuration. Testing of multiposition furnaces in other configurations is permitted if represented pursuant to the requirements in 10 CFR 429. If a multiposition furnace is not shipped with an open inlet, testing of the unit would use the blower access door instead of removing one of the designed inlet cut-outs.
d. The apparatus described below is used in conjunction with the furnace or boiler during testing. Each piece of apparatus shall conform to material and construction specifications and the reference standards cited.
e. Test rooms containing equipment must have suitable facilities for providing the utilities (including but not limited to environmental controls, sufficient fluid source(s), applicable measurement equipment, and any other technology or tools) necessary for performance of the test and must be able to maintain conditions within the limits specified.
6.2
a. Units not equipped with a draft hood or draft diverter shall be provided with the minimum-length vent configuration recommended in the I&O manual or a 5-ft flue pipe if there is no recommendation (see Figure 4 of ASHRAE 103-2007). For a direct exhaust system, insulate the minimum-length vent configuration or the 5-ft flue pipe with insulation having an R-value not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil. For a direct vent system, see section 7.5 of ASHRAE 103-2007 for insulation requirements.
b. For units with power burners, cover the flue collection box with insulation having an R-value of not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil before the cool-down and heat-up tests described in sections 9.5 and 9.6 of ASHRAE 103-2007, respectively. However, do not apply the insulation for the jacket loss test (if conducted) described in section 8.6 of ASHRAE 103-2007 or the steady-state test described in section 9.1 of ASHRAE 103-2007.
c. For power-vented units, insulate the shroud surrounding the blower impeller with insulation having an R-value of not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil before
6.3
6.4
a. For units with an integral draft diverter, cover the 5-ft stack with insulation having an R-value of not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil.
b. For units with draft hoods, insulate the flue pipe between the outlet of the furnace and the draft hood with insulation having an R-value of not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil.
c. For units with integral draft diverters that are mounted in an exposed position (not inside the overall unit cabinet), cover the diverter boxes (excluding any openings through which draft relief air flows) before the beginning of any test (including jacket loss test) with insulation having an R-value of not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil.
d. For units equipped with integral draft diverters that are enclosed within the overall unit cabinet, insulate the draft diverter box with insulation as described above before the cool-down and heat-up tests described in sections 9.5 and 9.6, respectively, of ASHRAE Standard 103-2007. Do not apply the insulation for the jacket loss test (if conducted) described in section 8.6 of ASHRAE 103-2007 or the steady-state test described in section 9.1 of ASHRAE 103-2007.
6.5
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6 Air throughputs shall be adjusted to a temperature rise that is the higher of a and b, unless c applies.
a. 15 °F less than the nameplate maximum temperature rise or
b. 15 °F higher than the minimum temperature rise specified in the I&O manual.
c. A furnace with a non-adjustable air temperature rise range and an automatically controlled airflow that does not permit a temperature rise range of 30 °F or more shall be tested at the midpoint of the rise range.
A tolerance of ±2 °F is permitted.
7.7 The specified temperature rise shall be established by adjusting the circulating airflow. This adjustment shall be accomplished by symmetrically restricting
a. If the resultant temperature rise is less than the required temperature rise, vary the blower speed by gradually adjusting the blower voltage so as to maintain the minimum external static pressure listed in Table 4 of ASHRAE 103-2007. The airflow restrictions shall then remain unchanged. If static pressure must be varied to prevent unstable blower operation, it shall be varied on the plus side but shall not exceed the maximum external static pressure as specified by the manufacturer in the I&O manual.
b. If the resultant temperature rise is greater than the required temperature rise, then the unit can be tested at a higher temperature rise value, but one not greater than nameplate maximum temperature rise. In order not to exceed the maximum temperature rise, the speed of a direct-driven blower may be increased by increasing the circulating air blower motor voltage.
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.10.1
7.10.1.1
7.10.1.2
Monitor the presence and the direction of the smoke flow.
7.10.1.3
7.10.1.4
If absolutely no smoke is drawn into the combustion air intake, the furnace or boiler meets the requirements to allow use of the minimum default draft factor pursuant to section 8.8.3 and/or section 9.10 of ASHRAE 103-2007.
If there is any smoke drawn into the intake, proceed with the methods of testing as prescribed in section 8.8 of ASHRAE 103-2007.
8.0
8.1
a. 3 °F in the stack gas temperature for furnaces and boilers equipped with draft diverters;
b. 5 °F in the flue gas temperature for furnaces and boilers equipped with either draft hoods, direct exhaust, or direct vent systems;
c. 4 °F in the outlet water temperature for hot water boilers;
d. 1 °F in the flue gas temperature for condensing furnaces and boilers; and
e. 1 °F in the supply (outlet) water temperatures for condensing hot water boilers.
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
a. During this off-period, for units that do not have pump delay after shut-off, no water shall be allowed to circulate through the hot water boilers.
b. For units that have pump delay on shut-off, except those having pump controls sensing water temperature, the pump shall be stopped by the unit control and the time between burner shut-off and pump shut-off (t
c. For units having pump delay controls that sense water temperature, the pump shall be operated for 15 minutes and t
d. For boilers that employ post-purge, measure the length of the post-purge period with a stopwatch. The time from burner “OFF” to combustion blower “OFF” (electrically de-energized) shall be recorded as t
8.9
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.12.1
8.12.2
9.0
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
If the option in section 9.10 of ASHRAE 103-2007 is employed, calculate
10.4
If the option in section 9.10 of ASHRAE 103-2007 is employed, calculate Effy
10.5
10.5.1
10.5.1.1 For furnaces and boilers equipped with two-stage or step-modulating controls, the national average number of burner operating hours at the reduced operating mode is defined as:
10.5.1.2 For furnaces and boilers equipped with two-stage controls, the national average number of burner operating hours at the maximum operating mode is defined as:
10.5.1.3 For furnaces and boilers equipped with step-modulating controls, the national average number of burner operating hours at the modulating operating mode is defined as:
10.5.2
10.5.2.1 For furnaces or boilers equipped with two-stage controls, E
10.5.2.2 For furnaces or boilers equipped with step-modulating controls, E
10.5.3
10.5.3.1 For furnaces or boilers equipped with two-stage controls, E
10.5.3.2 For furnaces or boilers equipped with step-modulating controls, E
10.6
10.7
10.7.1
10.7.2
10.8
10.8.1
10.8.2
10.8.3
10.9
10.9.1
10.9.2
10.9.3
10.10
10.10.1 For mobile home furnaces, the sales weighted average annual fossil fuel energy consumption is expressed in Btu per year and defined as:
10.10.2 For mobile home furnaces, the sales-weighted-average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:
10.11
10.12
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |